You are on page 1of 1051

PLC Connection Guide

PLC Connection Guide


EB Pro Ver.3.00.05 EB8000 Ver.4.65.08

PLC Connection Guide

Table of content
ABB AC500 ................................................................... 1 Altus ALNET-I ............................................................. 6 BACnet BACnet/IP .................................................... 12 Barcode/Keyboard (USB/COM) ............................... 23 Baumuller ................................................................... 26 Beckhoff ADS/AMS (Ethernet) ................................. 29 Beckhoff Embedded PC ............................................. 38 Beckhoff Twincat 3 ADS/AMS (Ethernet) ............... 50 CANopen Slave (for eMT3000 only) ......................... 52 Change......................................................................... 55 Cimon CM1-CP4A/ECO1A ...................................... 58 Cimon CM1-SC02A ................................................... 61 CoDeSys Automation Alliance .................................. 64 Copley Digital Drives ................................................. 66 CROUZET M3 (FBD)................................................ 71 CROUZET M3 (LAD) ............................................... 74 Danfoss ECL Apex20 ................................................. 77 Danfoss ECL Apex20 (Ethernet)............................... 82 Danfoss FC Series ....................................................... 84 Danfoss VLT2800 Series ............................................ 87 DELTA DVP ............................................................... 90 DELTA DVPEN01-SL (Ethernet) ............................ 93 DL-BCM Server ......................................................... 97 DL/T645 CHUANG HONG..................................... 101 DL/T645 Standard ................................................... 108 EMERSON Charge Module .................................... 111 EMERSON PLC EC20 ............................................ 114 FATEK FB Series ..................................................... 117 Fuji NB Series ........................................................... 127 GE Fanuc 0i MD....................................................... 130 GE Fanuc CMM ....................................................... 134 GE Fanuc RX3i ........................................................ 141 GE Fanuc Series 90-30 (Ethernet) .......................... 146 GE Fanuc SNP-X...................................................... 149 Haiwell PLC.............................................................. 156 Hangzhou Maiou MO-TECH .................................. 161 Hanyoung Controller ............................................... 164 HAWE PLVC ........................................................... 168 1 Heng Yuan EU series ............................................... 171 Hitachi EH-SIO ........................................................ 174 Hitachi EHV Series (Ethernet) ................................ 180 Hitachi H/EH/EHV Series ....................................... 182 HUST H4X ................................................................ 192 IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER .................................... 195 IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER-SSE ........................... 199 IDEC Micro .............................................................. 203 Inovance H2U/H1U .................................................. 209 Justfi Controller ....................................................... 212 Kernel sistemi DMX Series ...................................... 215 KEYENCE KV-10/16/24/40/80/Visual KV Series.. 218 KEYENCE KV-5000 (Ethernet) ............................. 223 KEYENCE KV-L20V/700/1000/3000/5000 Series . 225 Korenix 6550 ............................................................. 233 KOYO CLICK.......................................................... 235 KOYO DIRECT ....................................................... 238 KOYO Do-more........................................................ 257 KOYO Do-more (Ethernet) ..................................... 261 KOYO Ethernet........................................................ 264 Lenze.......................................................................... 267 LingYan BMS ........................................................... 270 LIYAN EX series ...................................................... 273 LoXin ......................................................................... 276 LS GLOFA Cnet ....................................................... 279 LS GLOFA FEnet (Ethernet) .................................. 286 LS GLOFA GM3467 (LOADER) ........................... 288 LS MASTER-K Cnet ............................................... 291 LS MASTER-K CPU Direct .................................... 294 LS MASTER-K MODBUS RTU ............................. 297 LS MASTER-K10S1 ................................................ 300 LS XBM/XBC Cnet .................................................. 303 LS XBM/XBC FEnet (Ethernet) ............................. 306 LS XBM/XBC/XGK CPU DIRECT ....................... 309 LS XEC Cnet ............................................................ 312 LS XEC FEnet (Ethernet) ....................................... 317 LS XEC/XGI CPU DIRECT ................................... 319 LS XGI Cnet ............................................................. 324

LS XGI FEnet (Ethernet) ........................................ 329 LS XGK Cnet ........................................................... 331 LS XGK FEnet (Ethernet) ....................................... 336 LS Mecapion Metronix AnyPack ............................ 339 Master-Slave Server ................................................. 342 MEGMEET MC Series............................................ 345 MEIKONG Metro Safe Server ............................... 348 Memory Map ............................................................ 355 MIKOM MX Series PLC ......................................... 361 Mitsubishi A1S/A2N................................................. 365 Mitsubishi A2A/A2U/A2AS/A2USH ....................... 368 Mitsubishi A2US....................................................... 371 Mitsubishi A3A/A3N/A1SH/A2SH ......................... 374 Mitsubishi AJ71 ........................................................ 377 Mitsubishi AJ71 (AnA/AnU CPU) .......................... 383 Mitsubishi AJ71 (Format 4) .................................... 389 Mitsubishi F930GOT Server ................................... 395 Mitsubishi FX0S/FX0N/FX1S/FX1N/FX2.............. 398 Mitsubishi FX232/485BD ......................................... 404 Mitsubishi FX2N ...................................................... 411 Mitsubishi FX2N-10GM/20GM .............................. 414 Mitsubishi FX3U (Ethernet) .................................... 417 Mitsubishi FX3U/FX3G ........................................... 424 Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - ASCII Mode (Ethernet) .................................................................................... 427 Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - Binary Mode (Ethernet) .................................................................................... 432 Mitsubishi MR J3 A ................................................. 437 Mitsubishi MR-MQ100 (Ethernet) ......................... 444 Mitsubishi Q00/Q00UJ/Q01/QJ71 .......................... 447 Mitsubishi Q00J ....................................................... 458 Mitsubishi Q00U/Q01U/Q02U/QnUD/QnUDH ..... 461 Mitsubishi Q00UJ/QnU/QnUD/QnUDH/QnUDEH/L (mini USB) ................................................................ 465 Mitsubishi Q02/02H ................................................. 467 Mitsubishi Q06H ...................................................... 471 Mitsubishi QJ71E71 (Ethernet) .............................. 475 MODBUS ASCII ...................................................... 482 MODBUS ASCII Server .......................................... 489 2

PLC Connection Guide MODBUS RTU ......................................................... 495 MODBUS RTU (0x/1x Range Adjustable) ............. 503 MODBUS RTU (Adjustable) ................................... 514 MODBUS RTU (zero-based addressing) ................ 523 MODBUS Server (COM/Ethernet) ......................... 530 MODBUS TCP/IP .................................................... 541 MODBUS TCP/IP (0x/1x Range Adjustable) ........ 543 MODBUS TCP/IP (zero-based addressing) ........... 549 MODBUS TCP/IP 32Bit .......................................... 551 Moeller XC-CPU101 ................................................ 553 motrona CT-150 ....................................................... 556 motrona CT15012B .................................................. 559 motrona MC700........................................................ 562 Nanotec Stepper Motor ............................................ 565 ODVA EtherNet/IP Explicit Messaging ................. 568 OMRON C/CQM1 Series ........................................ 572 OMRON CJ/CS/CP .................................................. 577 OMRON CJ/CS/CP (Ethernet - FINS/TCP) .......... 583 OMRON E5CN/E5EZ/E5ZN .................................. 586 OMRON Ethernet .................................................... 590 OMRON Ethernet (FINS/TCP) .............................. 593 OMRON EtherNet/IP (NJ Series) ........................... 595 OMRON Host Link .................................................. 601 OuHua OHJX ........................................................... 606 Panasonic FP............................................................. 609 Panasonic FP (Ethernet) .......................................... 620 Panasonic FP2 (Ethernet) ........................................ 623 Panasonic MINAS A4 .............................................. 625 Panasonic MINAS A5 .............................................. 630 Parker ACR9000 ...................................................... 636 Parker Compax3 ...................................................... 639 Parker Compumotor 6K Series ............................... 645 Parker SLVD Series ................................................. 648 PATLITE VM/VMS Series...................................... 652 Rockwell CompactLogix - Free Tag Names ........... 659 Rockwell CompactLogix/FlexLogix ........................ 667 Rockwell DF1 ............................................................ 672 Rockwell DF1 (BCC) ................................................ 677 Rockwell DH485 ....................................................... 682

Rockwell EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix) ................. 689 Rockwell EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix) Free Tag Names ........................................................................ 692 Rockwell EtherNet/IP (ControlLogix) Free Tag Names ........................................................................ 700 Rockwell EtherNet/IP (DF1) ................................... 708 Rockwell PLC5 ......................................................... 711 RS Automation OEMAX Series .............................. 716 RS Automation X8 Series ........................................ 719 SAIA PCD PGU Mode ............................................. 723 SAIA PCD S-BUS Mode .......................................... 726 SAIA S-BUS (Ethernet) ........................................... 736 Samsung SPC-10 ...................................................... 739 SCENE6 Controller ................................................. 742 Schleicher XCS 20C ................................................. 745 Schleicher XCX 300 ................................................. 748 Schneider IMS SERVO ........................................... 754 Schneider MODBUS RTU ....................................... 757 Schneider MODBUS TCP/IP .................................. 763 Schneider UniTelway ............................................... 765 SEW Movilink .......................................................... 768 SEW MOVITRAC LTE .......................................... 771 SHIMADEN MR13/FP93 ........................................ 775 SHJ-A ........................................................................ 788 SICK FLEXI SOFT ................................................. 791 Siemens LOGO (Ethernet) ...................................... 794 Siemens S7-1200 (Ethernet)..................................... 799 Siemens S7-200 ......................................................... 805 Siemens S7-200 (Ethernet)....................................... 809 Siemens S7-200 (VD any address) ........................... 816 Siemens S7-200 PPI .................................................. 820 Siemens S7-200 SMART (Ethernet) ....................... 825 Siemens S7-200 SMART PPI .................................. 827 Siemens S7-300 ......................................................... 830 Siemens S7-300 MPI ................................................ 839 Siemens S7-300/ET200S (Ethernet) ........................ 848 Siemens S7-400 (Ethernet)....................................... 854 Siemens TI505 .......................................................... 862

PLC Connection Guide Siemens TI565/C400 ................................................. 870 SSTC SSD Series ...................................................... 878 TECHSOFT Intelligent Servo ................................. 891 TECO Inverter ......................................................... 894 TECO TP02 Series ................................................... 897 TECO TP03 Series ................................................... 902 TINHAO .................................................................... 905 Toptek Topvert ......................................................... 908 TOSHIBA INVERTER VF ..................................... 911 TOSHIBA T Series ................................................... 914 TOSHIBA MACHINE Provisor TC200 ................. 922 Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP ................................. 925 Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP (Mode 7) ................. 932 VIGOR ...................................................................... 939 VIPA 200 ................................................................... 944 VIPA 200 (VD any address) .................................... 947 VIPA 200, for ex. 214-2BT10 (Ethernet) ................ 950 VIPA 200/300 MPI ................................................... 952 VIPA 300 ................................................................... 961 VIPA 300S (Ethernet) .............................................. 970 VIPA 300S, for ex. 315-4NE12 (Ethernet) .............. 977 XINJE XC Series ...................................................... 983 YAMAHA ERCD ..................................................... 986 YASKAWA CCMEP ............................................... 990 YASKAWA Memobus (MP Series Controllers) .... 993 YASKAWA MP Series Ethernet (Extension) ...... 1001 YASKAWA MP Series Memobus (Ethernet) ...... 1006 YASKAWA MP Series SIO (Extension) .............. 1008 YASKAWA MP2300Siec ....................................... 1014 YASKAWA Sigma-5 .............................................. 1023 YASKAWA SMC 3010 .......................................... 1026 YASKAWA SMC 3010 (Ethernet)........................ 1030 YOKOGAWA FA-M3 ........................................... 1033 YOKOGAWA FA-M3 (Ethernet) ......................... 1040 YUDIAN AIBUS ..................................................... 1042 MT6050i/MT8050i Com Port Pin Assignment .... 1046

PLC Connection Guide

ABB AC500
Supported Series: ABB AC500

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended ABB AC500 RS485 2W 19200 8 Even 1 1 RS232/RS485 2W / Ethernet Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B Device type MX0 MW0 MW1 Format DDDDo DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 81917 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 8 Data3 Data+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND PLC COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 8 Data3 Data+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND PLC COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 8 Data3 Data+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 8 Data3 Data+ 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND PLC COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 8 Data3 Data+ 5 GND

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/19/2012 Description Driver released

PLC Connection Guide

Altus ALNET-I
Supported Series: Altus SeriesMode PO3042, PO3142, PO3242, PO3342, PL103 ,PL104, PL105, QK800, QK801, QK2000.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Altus ALNET-I RS232 9600 8 Even 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W DW DW DW W DW DW DW Device Type M_Bit A E D_Bit F_Bit I_Bit S M D F I TM TD TF TI Format DDDDh DDDh DDDh DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ 1023f 0 ~ 511f 0 ~ 511f 0 ~ 102331 0 ~ 102331 0 ~ 102331 0 ~ 511f 0 ~ 4096 0 ~ 4096 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ ffff* 0 ~ ffff* 0 ~ ffff* 0 ~ ffff* Memo Memories Auxiliary Relays Input Relays Decimals Reals Integers Output Relays Memories Decimals Reals Integers Memory Tables Decimal Tables Real Tables Integer Tables

Note: The formats of TM, TD, TF and TI in PLC software are represented as TXA[B]. X can be M, D, F, or I. The address range of B is 0~FF, and A is 0~FF. The device type is AABB, and the range depends on the PLC settings. For example: Model PO3242, range of A is 0 and range of B is 0 ~ 7.
6

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P RJ45: PLC PO3042, PO3142, PO3242, PO3342 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: PLC PL103, PL104, PL105 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 1 RX 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 1 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 1 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 1 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 1 RX 5 GND

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: PLC QK800, QK801, QK2000. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

10

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jul/24/2009 Description

11

PLC Connection Guide

BACnet BACnet/IP
Supported series: BACnet/IP protocol devices

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Recommended BACnet/IP Ethernet 47808 47808 is the standard communication port of BACnet protocol. Different HMI ports are required when connecting multiple devices.communication According to device. port of BACnet protocol. Options Notes

HMI port no. Device ID PLC sta. no.

47808 342566 1

47808~47823 0~999999

BACnet/IP to MS/TP Adapter Setting:


1. When using BACnet/IP driver, check Use [BACnet/IP to MS/TP] adapter or Use [BACnet/IP] server to enable this type of communication.

BACnet/IP to MS/TP adapter 2. As shown above, in BACnet/IP to MS/TP Adapter mode, [Network number] must follow the factory setting, and enter the device station number in [Device ID]. 3. [HMI port no]. default: 47808, can be filled in other effective value.

12

PLC Connection Guide

How to Import Tags:


EasyBuilder Pro provides two ways to gain tag addresses. One is to directly get tag information via internet, another is to export the generated CSV file via SCADA, and then import to EasyBuilder Pro. The following introduces how to import tag address information. Step 1. Add BACnet/IP driver in System Parameters Settings

Step 2. Correctly set the relevant parameters.

13

PLC Connection Guide

Step 3. Get tag address information Way 1: Click Get Tag Info.

Way 2: Import the CSV file generated by SCADA software.

14

PLC Connection Guide

CSV file content is shown below; users can build the file and import: a. Object format b. OBJECT NAME (user defined tag name, EasyBuilder will start reading data from the 6th row of CSV file.), DEVICE ID, OBJECT TYPE(object ID) and INSTANCE(object address)

Step 4. File imported successfully.

Take (102)File as an example, 10 represents object ID, 2 represents object address, File represents user defined name or default name.

15

PLC Connection Guide

Default Object Model:


Object ID 0 Object Name Analog Input Object Structure Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Units Min Press Value Max Press Value Cov Increment Resolution High Limit Low Limit Dead Band Profile Name 1 Analog Output Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Units Relinquish Default Min Press Value Max Press Value Cov Increment Resolution High Limit Low Limit Dead Band Profile Name 2 Analog Value Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State
16

PLC Connection Guide

Object ID

Object Name

Object Structure Out Of Service Units Relinquish Default Cov Increment High Limit Low Limit Dead Band Profile Name

Binary Input

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Polarity Profile Name Notify Type Alarm Value

Binary Output

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Polarity Profile Name Notify Type

Binary Value

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Profile Name Notify Type Alarm Value

Calendar

Object Name Object Identifier


17

PLC Connection Guide

Object ID

Object Name

Object Structure Object Type Present Value

Command

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value In Process All Writes Successful Object Name Object Identifier Object Type System Status Vendor Name Vendor Identifier Model Name Firmware Revision Application Software Version Protocol Version Protocol Revision Max APDU length Accepted Segmentation Supported Apdu Timeout Number Of APDU retries Data Base Revision Max Segments Accepted Day light Savings Status Apdu Segment Timeout Backup Failure Timeout

Device

10

File

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type File Type File Size Archive Read Only

11

Group

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type


18

PLC Connection Guide

Object ID 13

Object Name Multi State Input

Object Structure Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Reliability Number Of States Time Delay Notification Class Notify Type Profile Name

14

Multi State Output

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Reliability Number Of States Time Delay Notification Class Notify Type Profile Name

15

Notification Class

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Notification Class Priority Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Priority For Writing Reliability Out Of Service Object Name Object Identifier
19

17

Schedule

18

Averaging

PLC Connection Guide

Object ID

Object Name

Object Structure Object Type Minimum Value Average Value Maximum Value Attempted Samples Valid Samples Window Interval Window Samples

19

Multi State Value

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Reliability Number Of States Notification Class Notify Type Profile Name Time Delay

20

Trend Log

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Enable Stop When Full Buffer Size Record Count Total Record Count Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Tracking Value Event State Reliability Out Of Service Mode Silenced
20

21

Life Safety Point

PLC Connection Guide

Object ID 22

Object Name Life Safety Zone

Object Structure Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Tracking Value Event State Reliability Out of Service Mode Silenced Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Scale Units Reliability

23

Accumulator

24

Pulse Converter

Object Name Object Identifier Object Type Present Value Event State Out Of Service Units Scale Factor Adjust Value High Limit Low Limit Dead Band Cov Increment Count

Note 1. Object name can not include #.

21

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jan/12/2012 Description Driver released

22

PLC Connection Guide

Barcode/Keyboard (USB/COM)
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Terminator Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 CR/LF Options RS232/485,USB 9600~115200 7,8 None, Even, Odd 1,2 CR/LF, STX/ETX, Other, None Notes Barcode/Keyboard (USB/COM)

When setting device properties, select [Barcode device] or [Keyboard] mode.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B W W FLAG Barcode 0 Barcode 1 Format DD DD DD Range 0 0 1~255 Memo flag length string

23

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND

24

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Oct/1/2010 Description

25

PLC Connection Guide

Baumuller
Website: http://www.baumuller.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Baumuller RS485 4W 19200 8 Even 1 0 0 Defaults 9600, 19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode RK 512 Protocol, 19200, 8, 1, Even

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B W DB0_bit ~ DB29_bit DB0 ~ DB29 Format Range DDDh DDD 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255 Memo

26

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Baumuller servo RS422 9P D-Sub Male 1 TXD9 TXD+ 5 RXD6 RXD+ 8 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND Baumuller servo RS422 9P D-Sub Male 1 TXD9 TXD+ 5 RXD6 RXD+ 8 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Baumuller servo RS422 9P D-Sub Male 1 TXD9 TXD+ 5 RXD6 RXD+ 8 GND

27

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Baumuller servo RS422 9P D-Sub Male 1 TXD9 TXD+ 5 RXD6 RXD+ 8 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Baumuller servo RS422 9P D-Sub Male 1 TXD9 TXD+ 5 RXD6 RXD+ 8 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

28

PLC Connection Guide

Beckhoff ADS/AMS (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Twincat

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. ADS port PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 48898 801 1 801, 811, 821, 831 Options Notes Beckhoff ADS/AMS (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
Step1. Open TwinCat System Properties.

PLC Settings: Set HMI Name, AMS Net ID, and Address. Ex: HMI IP: 192.168.1.15 AMS Net ID: Must input 192.168.1.15.1.1 Address: 192.168.1.15 Name: Input HMI or any userdefined name.

29

PLC Connection Guide

Step2. Simulate PLC on PC. 2 Twincat drivers must be installed as follows:

30

PLC Connection Guide

Step3. The following commands can be utilized for Twincat PLC to output the parameters observed.

31

PLC Connection Guide

PS. Twincat PLC IX, QX, MX - Must output in BOOL type. IW, QW, MW - Must output in UINT, WORD, and INT types. ID, QD, MD - Must output in UDINT, DWORD, and DINT types. This driver supports variables under STRUCT structure. Click [Data Type] to open Structure Editor and create the same [Name] and [Data Type] as in Twincat PLC Control. The standard data types include: BOOL, WORD, INT, UINT, DINT, UDINT, REAL, DWORD, ARRAY

32

PLC Connection Guide

The syntax of Tag in Twincat software is: Tag Name +AT+%+Type, as shown in the following figure.

Project -> Rebuild all

Step4. Set PLC IP in EasyBuilder.

33

PLC Connection Guide

Step5. Click [Import Tag] button in EasyBuilder to open the TPY file compiled by Twincat PLC Control. Note: When using Beckhoff driver, if the TPY file cannot be imported, try download and install MSXML 4.0 in Microsoft - Download Center.

Import tpy to EasyBuilder, the result is shown in the following figure.

34

PLC Connection Guide

Step6. The following dialog box appears for users to select all or part of the data to import. A reminding message is shown when import the same data repeatedly. *EasyBuilder8000 does not support [Comment] setting.

35

PLC Connection Guide

Step7. Download the project compiled in EasyBuilder to HMI.

Device address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B W W W DW DW DW IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7) o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7) o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7)

Support Device Type:


data type Bool Word Int UInt DWord DInt Real UDInt Array EasyBuilder data format bit 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 32-bit Float 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned Word array for ASCII input and ASCII display 16-bit 16-bit 16-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit Length=word Memo

36

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Dec/08/2010 Aug/24/2011 Description Driver released. Extended address range up to 65535.

37

PLC Connection Guide

Beckhoff Embedded PC
Supported Series: Intel-CX10x0,CX50x0 and Twincat

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. ADS port PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 48898 801 1 801, 811, 821, 831 Options Notes Beckhoff Embedded PC

PLC Setting:
For Twincat: a. Confirm PC IP address

38

PLC Connection Guide

b. Open Twincat, Set IP address 169.254.56.12.1.1

c. Use Twincat to build a Route Table to make sure the system is connected, if PLC power turns OFF and then ON, please redo this step. Note: when connected, if X is displayed, the connection succeeded.

39

PLC Connection Guide

d. Open EasyBuilder, set IP address, ADS port and Port no.

e. Run on line simulation. Note: If the project is downloaded to HMI, please set HMI IP 169.254.56.12 identically to Twincat IP address setting. For CERHOST: a. Execute CERHOST.exe to connect with PLC on PC.

b. Enter PLC IP and Password (default password: 1).

40

PLC Connection Guide

c. Succeeded to connect with PLC, click Start -> click Control Panel.

d. Click [Network and Dial-Up Connections] to display PLC device information; select the PLC to check its IP.

e. Access PLC system settings, the default directory: \Hard Disk\System, execute [TcAmsRemoteMgr].

41

PLC Connection Guide

f. AMS Net Id consists of 6 numbers, separated by .. The first 4 numbers stand for IP and followed by 1.1. The figure below shows the AMS Net Id of Local Computer, please enter PLC IP plus 1.1. Remote Computers shows the information of the HMI to connect with. Click [Add] to add the HMI and click [OK] to finish setting.

g. Name: Device name. AMS Net Id: The IP followed by 1.1 of the device to connect with. Address: The IP address of the device to connect with. Transport: The way of connection. Slow Connection: As shown in the figure below.

42

PLC Connection Guide

h. Return to Control Panel; execute CX Configuration Tool to confirm PLC AMS Net Id.

i. Confirm settings and click Start -> Reset PLC.

43

PLC Connection Guide

Building Data Structure


Step1. This driver supports variables under STRUCT structure. Click [Data Type] to open Structure Editor and create the same [Name] and [Data Type] as in Twincat PLC Control. The standard data types include: BOOL, WORD, INT, UINT, DINT, UDINT, REAL, DWORD, ARRAY

44

PLC Connection Guide

The syntax of Tag in Twincat software is: Tag Name +AT+%+Type, as shown in the following figure.

Step2.Project Rebuild all

Step3. Set PLC IP in EasyBuilder.

45

PLC Connection Guide

Step4. Click [Import Tag] button in EasyBuilder to open the TPY file compiled by Twincat PLC Control. Note: When using Beckhoff driver, if the TPY file cannot be imported, try download and install MSXML 4.0 in Microsoft - Download Center.

Import tpy to EasyBuilder, the result is shown in the following figure.

46

PLC Connection Guide

Step5. The following dialog box appears for users to select all or part of the data to import. A reminding message is shown when import the same data repeatedly. *EasyBuilder8000 does not support [Comment] setting.

47

PLC Connection Guide

Step6. Download the project compiled in EasyBuilder to HMI.

Device address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B W W W DW DW DW IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7) o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7) o : Bit no.(0 ~ 7)

Support Device Type:


data type Bool Word Int UInt DWord DInt Real UDInt Array EasyBuilder data format bit 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 32-bit Float 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned Word array for ASCII input and ASCII display 16-bit 16-bit 16-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit Length=word Memo

48

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Apr/18/2011 Aug/24/2011 Description Driver released. Extended address range up to 65535.

49

PLC Connection Guide

Beckhoff Twincat 3 ADS/AMS (Ethernet)


Supported Series: CX8000,CX90x0,CX1010,CP62xx,CX5010,CP62xx,CX1020,CX2020,CPxxxx,C6920,CX2 030,CPxxxx,CP6930,CX2040,C65xx,C69xx. Website: http://infosys.beckhoff.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Beckhoff Twincat 3 ADS/AMS (Ethernet) Ethernet 48898 No need to set station no. Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W Device type IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd OOOOOO DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo

50

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jun/07/2013 Description Driver released.

51

PLC Connection Guide

CANopen Slave (for eMT3000 only)


eMT3000 series only

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type Node ID Baud rate Online simulator Recommended 1 250K NO Options 1~127 10K~1M Extend address mode NO Notes CAN (Controller Area Network) Bus

Follow the steps to import EDS file. Step 1. Object Dictionary Settings -> Setting

Step 2. Import EDS file.

52

PLC Connection Guide

Step 3. Select the EDS file to be imported.

Step 4. Successfully import EDS file.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B Device type TxPDOn_BIT Format DDDNo Range 100 ~ 99977 Memo DDDPDO no. Naddress (unitbyte). obit no. DDDPDO no. Naddress (unitbyte). obit no. B B W SDO_8bit_Bit SDO_16bit_Bit TxPDOn HHHHHHo HHHHHHdd DDDN 0 ~ FFFFFF7 0 ~ HHHHHH15 10 ~ 9997 HHHH(Index)+HH(Sub -index)+o(Bit no) HHHH(Index)+HH(Sub -index)+dd(Bit no) DDDPDO no. Naddress(unitbyte)

RxPDOn_BIT

DDDNo

100 ~ 99977

53

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W

Device type TxPDOn_Byte RxPDOn RxPDOn_Byte SDO_8bit SDO_16bit SDO_32bit

Format DDDN DDDN DDDN HHHHHH HHHHHH HHHHHH

Range 10 ~ 9997 10 ~ 9997 10 ~ 9997 0~FFFFFF 0~FFFFFF 0~FFFFFF

Memo DDDPDO no. Naddress(unitbyte) DDDPDO no. Naddress(unitbyte) DDDPDO no. Naddress(unitbyte) HHHH(Index)+HH(Sub -index)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series CAN Bus 9P D-Sub Female 7 CAN8 CAN+ 5 GND CAN Device CAN CAN+ GND

Demo Project Link:

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Aug/20/2012 Description Add device type : SDO_8bit_Bit , SDO_16bit_Bit.

54

PLC Connection Guide

Change
Supported Series: Compressor controller Website: http://www.sh-changjia.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Change RS485 2W 9600 8 None 1 1 1~6 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B DW DW CTL SET STATUS Format DDD DDD DD Range 0 ~ 5, 128, 150 0 ~ 57, 128 1 ~ 20 Read only Memo Write only

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 15 D16 D+ Change RS485 terminal

55

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Change RS485 terminal 15 D16 D+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND Change RS485 terminal 15 D16 D+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Change RS485 terminal 15 D16 D+

56

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND Change RS485 terminal 15 D16 D+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jan/19/2011 Description Driver released.

57

PLC Connection Guide

Cimon CM1-CP4A/ECO1A
Supported Series: Cimon CM1 series, CP4A module Website: http://www.kdtsys.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 Options Notes Cimon CM1-CP4A/ECO1A

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type X Y M K L F T C D S TS TC CS CC Format DDh DDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDD DD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 23f 0 ~ 23f 0 ~ 511f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 102f 0 ~ 102f 0 ~ 4999 0 ~ 99 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 Max. Range: 99 Read Only Memo 0-1F Read Only

58

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CM1-CP4A RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CM1-CP4A RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CM1-CP4A RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

59

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CM1-CP4A RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND CM1-CP4A RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Nov/30/2009 Description

60

PLC Connection Guide

Cimon CM1-SC02A
Supported Series: Cimon CM series, SC02A module Website: http://www.kdtsys.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Cimon CM1-SC02A RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type X Y M K L F T C D S TS TC CS CC Format DDh DDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDD DD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 23f 0 ~ 23f 0 ~ 511f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 127f 0 ~ 102f 0 ~ 102f 0 ~ 4999 0 ~ 99 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 Max. Range: 99 Read Only Memo 0-1F Read Only 0-F Read Only

61

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CM1-SC02A RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CM1-SC02A RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CM1-SC02A RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

62

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CM1-SC02A RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND CM1-SC02A RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Nov/30/2009 Description

63

PLC Connection Guide

CoDeSys Automation Alliance


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options CoDeSys Automation Alliance Ethernet 1200 No need to set station no. Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W Device type IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd OOOOOO DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo

64

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jun/05/2013 Description Driver released.

65

PLC Connection Guide

Copley Digital Drives


Supported Series: Digital Servo Driver & Controllers, Xenus, Xenus Micro, Accelnet, Accelnet Micro, Stepnet series. Website: http://www.copleycontrols.com/motion/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Copley Digital Drives RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 0 0-127 9600~115200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W Flash INT 16 RAM INT 16 Flash INT 32 RAM INT 32 Register T_command Reset Format HHH HHH HHH HHH DDDD H H Range 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 2457 0 0 Memo For Register is INT16 or U16 For Register is INT16 or U16 For Register is INT32 or U32 For Register is INT32 or U32

66

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P RJ11: Xenus, Xenus Micro, Accelnet, Stepnet eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 5 TXD 2 RXD 3, 4 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

67

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 5 TXD 2 RXD 3, 4 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 5 TXD 2 RXD 3, 4 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Accelnet Micro: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Accelnet Micro Panel RS232 J5 Cable Connector 29 TXD 14 RXD 15 GND

68

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Accelnet Micro Panel RS232 J5 Cable Connector 29 TXD 14 RXD 15 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Accelnet Micro Panel RS232 J5 Cable Connector 29 TXD 14 RXD 15 GND

69

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Accelnet Micro Panel RS232 J5 Cable Connector 29 TXD 14 RXD 15 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Accelnet Micro Panel RS232 J5 Cable Connector 29 TXD 14 RXD 15 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

70

PLC Connection Guide

CROUZET M3 (FBD)
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended CROUZET M3 (FBD) RS232 115200 7 Even 1 1 Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W W Device type I SLI_Bit SLO_Bit State AI SL_IN SL_OUT Time Order Format DD DDh DDh D DD DD DD D D Range 1 ~ 99 10 ~ 24f 250 ~ 48f 1 1 ~ 99 1 ~ 24 25 ~ 48 1~6 1 Memo Input Serial link input Serial link output (read only) State in PLC (read only) Analogy input (default: 1 ~ 4) Serial link input Serial link output (read only) Time & Day* Command** (write only)

* : address 1: second, address 2 : minute, address 3 : hour , address 4 : day, address 5 : month, address 6 : year. The value range for Year is 0~99, entering 0 represents year 2000, entering 99 represents year 2099. **: run mode write 2, stop mode write 1.

71

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

72

PLC Connection Guide

(3m serial link cable) Note: Please use 3m serial link cable (Accessories from Millenium 3) and extension cable (as shown) to communicate with HMI series.

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 V1.20 V1.30 V1.60 Date Oct/26/2010 Mar/29/2012 May/14/2012 Jun/05/2013 Add device type : State, Time, Order Time entering is now allowed. Modify device type from IA to AI. Description

73

PLC Connection Guide

CROUZET M3 (LAD)
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended CROUZET M3 (LAD) RS232 115200 7 Even 1 1 Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type I O M SLI_Bit SLO_Bit State T C AI SL_IN SL_OUT Time Order Format DD DD DD DDh DDh D DD DD DD DD DD D D Range 1 ~ 99 1 ~ 99 1 ~ 28 10 ~ 24f 250 ~ 48f 1 1 ~ 12 1 ~ 16 1 ~ 99 1 ~ 24 25 ~ 48 1~6 1 Memo Input (default: 1 ~ 4) Output (default: 1 ~ 4) Relay Serial link input Serial link output (read only) State in PLC (read only) Timer Counter Analogy input (default: 1 ~ 4) Serial link input Serial link output (read only) Time & Day * Command (write only) **

: address 1: second, address 2 : minute, address 3 : hour , address 4 : day, address 5 : month, address 6 : year .The value range for Year is 0~99, entering 0 represents year 2000, entering 99 represents year 2099. **: run mode write 2, stop mode write 1.
74

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

MT8000Ie series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS CROUZET M3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male (Extension Cable) 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND 4 DTR

75

PLC Connection Guide

(3m serial link cable) Note: Please use 3m serial link cable (Accessories from Millenium 3) and extension cable (as shown) to communicate with HMI series.

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.30 V1.40 V1.70 Date Oct/26/2010 Mar/30/2012 May/14/2012 Jun/05/2013 Add device type : State, Time, Order Time entering is now allowed. Modify device type from IA to AI. Description

76

PLC Connection Guide

Danfoss ECL Apex20


Website: http://www.danfoss.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Danfoss ECL Apex20 RS232 9600 8 None 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B DW DW DW DW Flag Output Input Reg_Bit Register Counter Timer Reg_Float Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1638331 0 ~ 16383 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 16383 Support 32-bit float format dd: Bit no. (00 ~ 31) Memo

EasyBuilder device address range may differ from PLC extended mode, please refer to EasyBuilder address range as above.

77

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

78

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller Port#1 / Port#0 11 / 29 12 / 28

79

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller Port#1 / Port#0 11 / 29 12 / 28

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND ECL Apex20 Controller Port#1 / Port#0 11 / 29 12 / 28

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller Port#1 / Port#0 11 / 29 12 / 28

80

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND ECL Apex20 Controller Port#1 / Port#0 11 / 29 12 / 28

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date OCT/06/2008 Description

81

PLC Connection Guide

Danfoss ECL Apex20 (Ethernet)


Website: http://www.danfoss.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 5050 0 Options Notes Danfoss ECL Apex20 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W W W W Flag Output Input Reg_Bit Register Counter Timer Reg_Float Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1638331 0 ~ 16383 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 16383 Support 32-bit float format dd: Bit no. (00 ~ 31) Memo

EasyBuilder device address range may differ from PLC extended mode, please refer to EasyBuilder address range as above.

82

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jan/10/2011 Description

83

PLC Connection Guide

Danfoss FC Series
Supported Series: FC051, FC100, FC200, FC300, VLT Micro Driver. Website: http://www.danfoss.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Danfoss FC Series RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W DW DW Parameter Reference Para_Index 09 10 11 Format DDDD D DDDDDD Range 0 ~ 9999 0~1 0 ~ 999999 Memo Set Parameter Control Bus Reference Set Parameter(Index)

Para_Index 310.1=31001, Para_Index310.0=31000

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 69 D68 D+ FC RS485 terminal

84

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND FC RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND FC RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND FC RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

85

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND FC RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

*RW100 set PCD1 Control Word of station 1 *RW101 read PCD1 Status Word of station 1 *RW102 set PCD2 Control Word of station 2 *RW103 read PCD2 Status Word of station 2 *RW104 set PCD3 Control Word of station 3 *RW105 read PCD3 Status Word of station 3 *RW106 set PCD4 Control Word of station 4 *RW107 read PCD4 Status Word of station 4

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jan/14/2010 Description

86

PLC Connection Guide

Danfoss VLT2800 Series


Supported Series: VLT2800 series Website: http://www.danfoss.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Danfoss VLT2800 Series RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 1 0-126 According to PLC Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode 9600, Even, 8, 1 (default)

Device Address:
Bit/Word DW W Device type Parameter Reference Format DDDD D Range 0 ~ 2000 0~1 Memo Set Parameter Control Bus Reference

The control word register is set according to the station number. If the station number is 1, the control word will be RW100 and RW101; if the station number is 2, the control word will be RW102 and RW103, and so on.

87

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

88

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 69 D68 D+

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

89

PLC Connection Guide

DELTA DVP
Supported Series: DELTA DVP series Website: http://www.deltadriver.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended DELTA DVP RS232 9600 7 Even 1 1 RS232, RS485 9600, 19200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-255 Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B W W W W X Y M S T C TV_Bit TV CV CV2 D Format OOOOO OOOOO DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 23417 (octal) 0 ~ 23417 (octal) 0 ~ 65536 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 127 200 ~ 254 0 ~ 9999 Memo Input Output Auxiliary Relay Step Relay Timer Counter Timer Timer Counter Double Word Counter Data Register

DDDDdd 0 ~ 999915

90

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 5 TXD 4 RXD 3/8 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 5 TXD 4 RXD 3/8 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 5 TXD 4 RXD 3/8 GND

91

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 5 TXD 4 RXD 3/8 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 5 TXD 4 RXD 3/8 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

92

PLC Connection Guide

DELTA DVPEN01-SL (Ethernet)


Website: http://www.deltadriver.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 502 0 Options Notes DELTA DVPEN01-SL (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W DW W W C_Bit M S T_Bit X Y C C_32Bit D T Format DDD DDDD DDDD DDD OOO OOO DDD DDD DDDDD DDD Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 571 0 ~ 571 0 ~ 199 200 ~ 255 0 ~ 11999 0 ~ 255 Memo

93

PLC Connection Guide

PLC Setting:
1. Communication Setting Add a new program, click File > New, enter the Program Title and File Name, and select the correct controller type. Click Setting to configure the communication parameters. Click OK to confirm the setting. The communication with PLC starts.

2. Transfer Setup Click Communication and select PC<=>(PLC | HPP), on Transfer Setup dialog box, select the needed parameters for upload or download, and click OK to start the action.

94

PLC Connection Guide

3. Auto-Search Ethernet Module Click Auto-Search Ethernet Module to find the PLC modules on the same network. As shown in the following figure, DVPEN01-SL, IP address 192.168.1.139 is found.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

95

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Jun/11/2012 Aug/20/2012 Description Driver released. Add device type : C_32Bit.

96

PLC Connection Guide

DL-BCM Server
Website: http://www.hzdelin.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended DL-BCM Server RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 RS232, RS485 9600~115200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-31 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W W Device type LB LW RW Format dddd dddd ddddd Range 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 55536 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

97

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

98

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

99

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/8/2008 Description Driver released

100

PLC Connection Guide

DL/T645 CHUANG HONG


Website: http://www.cw180.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 1 Options Notes DL/T645 CHUANG HONG

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W B621 B622 B623 zero phase B611 B612 B613 B631 B632 B633 B630 B641 B642 B643 B640 A-apparentT B-apparentT C-apparentT T-apparentT B650 Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
101

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W B651 B652 B653 9010 9020 9110 9120 9130 9140 9150 9160 9410 9420 9510 9520 9530 9540 9550 9560 9810 9820 9910 9920 9930 9940 9950 9960 A010 A020 A110 A120 A130 A140 A150 A160 A410 A420 A510 A520 A530

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
102

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W A540 A550 A560 A810 A820 A910 A920 A930 A940 A950 A960 B010 B020 B110 B120 B130 B140 B150 B160 B410 B420 B510 B520 B530 B540 B550 B560 B810 B820 B910 B920 B930 B940 B950 B960 B210 B211 B212 B213 B214

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
103

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W B310 B311 B312 B313 B320 B321 B322 B323 B330 B331 B332 B333 B340 B341 B342 B343 C010 C011 C020 C021 C022 C030 C031 C032 C033 C034 C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C116 C117 C118 C119 C11A C211 C212 C310 C311

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
104

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W C312 C313 C314 C320 C321 C322 C330 C331 C332 C340 C341 C342 C3A0 C3A1 C3A2 C410 C411 C41E C510 C511 B634 B635

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1

Memo

105

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 13 RS485B1 12 RS485A1

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 13 RS485B1 12 RS485A1

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal 13 RS485B1 12 RS485A1

106

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 13 RS485B1 12 RS485A1

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 13 RS485B1 12 RS485A1

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/13/2011 Description Driver released.

107

PLC Connection Guide

DL/T645 Standard
Website: http://www.cw180.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended DL/T645 Standard RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W Data Format Range Memo HHHHHHHH 0 ~ 6FFFFFF

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

108

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

109

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/14/2011 Description Driver released.

110

PLC Connection Guide

EMERSON Charge Module


Website: http://www.emersonnetworkpower.com.cn/Pages/Default.aspx

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS-232 9600 8 Odd 1 1 Options Notes EMERSON Charge Module

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W W W W W W W W W W W Device type Float_Point_Forced Switch_Status Manual_Status Protect_Status Failure_Status Preset_Voltage Preset_Percent Output_Voltage Output_Current High_Limit Low_Limit Float_Point_Setting Format D D D D D D D D D D D D Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Memo

Average_Point_Forced D

Average_Point_Setting D

111

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

112

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/3/2009 Description

113

PLC Connection Guide

EMERSON PLC EC20


Supported Series: Emerson PLC EC20 Series. (Modbus RTU Protocol)

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended EMERSON PLC EC20 RS232 9600 8 Even 1 0 9600, 19200, 115200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-255 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B W W W W W DW DW Y X M SM S T C D SD Z T C C_Double D_Double Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DD DDD DDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 1999 0~ 255 0 ~ 991 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 15 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 200 ~ 255 0 ~ 7998 Memo 0000-02550 1200-01455 2000-3999 4400-4655 6000-6991 8000-8255 9200-9455 0000-7999 8000-8255 8500-8515 9000-9255 9500-9699 9700-9811 0000-7999 0000-0255

114

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Emerson EC20 COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Emerson EC20 COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Emerson EC20 COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

115

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Emerson EC20 COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Emerson EC20 COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

116

PLC Connection Guide

FATEK FB Series
Supported Series: FATEK FBs series, FB MC series, and FB MA series need FB-DTBR converter. Website: http://www.fatek.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Port no. Recommended FATEK FB Series RS232 9600 7 Even 1 1 500 0-255
Must match PLC port setting. Ethernet only.

Options RS232/RS485/Ethernet

Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type X Y M S T C PLC_MODE R_Bit D_Bit RT RC R D DRT DRC Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD D DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDD Range 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 200 ~ 255
117

Memo Input Output Internal Relay Step Relay Timer Counter PLC mode

Timer Register Counter Register Data Register Data Register Double Word Timer Register Double Word Counter Register

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W

Device type WX WY WM WS FR

Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999

Memo Input Word Output Word Internal Relay Word

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 4P Mini-DIN: FBs Port0 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FBs RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 4 RX 2 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FBs RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 4 RX 2 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FBs RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 4 RX 2 GND

118

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FBs RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 4 RX 2 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND FBs RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 4 RX 2 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: FBs communication module eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FBs communication module RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

119

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FBs communication module RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FBs communication module RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FBs communication module RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

120

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND FBs communication module RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. FBs communication module 3P Terminal Block eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND FBs communication module 3P Terminal DD+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND FBs communication module 3P Terminal DD+

121

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND FBs communication module 3P Terminal DD+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND FBs communication module 3P Terminal DD+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND FBs communication module 3P Terminal DD+

122

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 15P D-Sub: CPU Port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FB CPU Port RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 1 RX 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FB CPU Port RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 1 RX 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND FB CPU Port RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 1 RX 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS circuit

123

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND FB CPU Port RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 1 RX 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND FB CPU Port RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 1 RX 6 GND 3 RTS 4 CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 15P D-Sub: CPU Port RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND FB CPU Port RS485 2W 15P D-Sub Male 7 D5 D+

124

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND FB CPU Port RS485 2W 15P D-Sub Male 7 D5 D+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND FB CPU Port RS485 2W 15P D-Sub Male 7 D5 D+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND FB CPU Port RS485 2W 15P D-Sub Male 7 D5 D+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND FB CPU Port RS485 2W 15P D-Sub Male 7 D5 D+

125

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 V1.70 Date Feb/17/2011 Nov/29/2011 Description R_Bit, D_Bit and WS address types are added. FR address types are added.

126

PLC Connection Guide

Fuji NB Series
Website: http://www.fujielectric.co.jp/fcs/eng/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Fuji NB Series RS485 4W 19200 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode NITP Protocol / PLC Password (default is 0)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B W W W W Y X M L C M_Spe T TV CV D D_Spe Format HHH HHH HHH HHH HH HHHH HHH HHH HHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 3ff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 - ff 0 ~ 81ff 0 ~ 1ff 0 ~ 3ff 0 ~ 3ff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 81ff Memo Output Relay Input Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Counter Special Relay Timer Timer value Counter value Data Register Special Register

127

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Fuji NB Series RS422 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 6 RX5 RX+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND Fuji NB Series RS422 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 6 RX5 RX+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Fuji NB Series RS422 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 6 RX5 RX+

128

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Fuji NB Series RS422 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 6 RX5 RX+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Fuji NB Series RS422 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 6 RX5 RX+

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date May/05/2009 Description

129

PLC Connection Guide

GE Fanuc 0i MD
Website: http://www.fanucfa.com/welcome_worldwide/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended GE Fanuc 0i MD RS232 19200 8 Even 1 0 YES Options Notes

On-line simulation

PLC Setting:
Reader/Puncher interface (2ch.) is used for touch panel interface. External touch panel interface, S/N: A02B-0320-J685, for Power Mate Series.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type X Y K E D_Bit R_Bit T C D_Byte R_Byte D R Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 11277 0 ~ 11277 0 ~ 9997 0 ~ 99997 0 ~ 99997 0 ~ 94997 0 ~ 9499 0 ~ 5199 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9499 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9499
130

Memo

Must be a multiple of 2 Must be a multiple of 4

Must be a multiple of 2 Must be a multiple of 2

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 20P JD36B or JD54 Female 11 TX 1 RX 8(JD36) 4(JD54) GND 15 RTS 05 CTS 03 DR 07 CD 13 ER circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 20P JD36B or JD54 Female 11 TX 1 RX 8(JD36) 4(JD54) GND 15 RTS 05 CTS 03 DR 07 CD 13 ER circuit circuit

131

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 20P JD36B or JD54 Female 11 TX 1 RX 8(JD36) 4(JD54) GND 15 RTS 05 CTS 03 DR 07 CD 13 ER circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 20P JD36B or JD54 Female 11 TX 1 RX 8(JD36) 4(JD54) GND 15 RTS 05 CTS 03 DR 07 CD 13 ER circuit circuit

132

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 20P JD36B or JD54 Female 11 TX 1 RX 8(JD36) 4(JD54) GND 15 RTS 05 CTS 03 DR 07 CD 13 ER circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/16/2011 Description Driver released.

133

PLC Connection Guide

GE Fanuc CMM
Website: http://www.ge.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended GE Fanuc CMM RS232 19200 8 Odd 1 0 RS232/RS485 9600,19200,38400,5 7600,115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255 Does not apply to this protocol Must set to 8 for this protocol Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Refer to the related PLC manual.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W Device type I Q M G T SA SB SC S AI AQ R Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 7680 1 ~ 256 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 32640
134

Memo Input relay Output relay Auxiliary relay

Analog input register Analog output register Data register

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port 90-30/VersaMax eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 9 TX8 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

135

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

136

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (90-30 series CPU351/352/363/364) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

137

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

138

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (VersaMax series CPU001/002/005/E05) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

139

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jul/09/2009 Description Driver released.

140

PLC Connection Guide

GE Fanuc RX3i
Website: http://www.ge.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended GE Fanuc RX3i RS232 19200 8 Odd 1 1 None, Even, Odd 1 or 2 1~99 RS232, RS485 1200~115200 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Refer to the related PLC manual.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W Device type I Q M G T SA SB SC S AI AQ R Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 Memo

141

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND GE Fanuc RX3i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND GE Fanuc RX3i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND GE Fanuc RX3i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

142

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND GE Fanuc RX3i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND GE Fanuc RX3i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 RS232 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

143

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 9 TX8 TX+ GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 RS232 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 RS232 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

144

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 RS232 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ GE Fanuc RX3i COM2 RS232 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Oct/01/2010 Description Driver released.

145

PLC Connection Guide

GE Fanuc Series 90-30 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: GE 90-30 series, CPU model 374plus.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 18245 1 1~99 Options Notes GE Fanuc Series 90-30 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type I_bit Q_bit M_bit G_bit T_bit SA_bit SB_bit SC_bit S_bit R_bit I Q M G T SA SB Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 1024 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32753
146 Address increment by 8 words, ex: I1, I9, I17, I25.. The rule is same as above, ex:Q1, Q9, Q17 The rule is same as above, ex:M1, M9, M17.. The rule is same as above, ex:G1, G9, G17 The rule is same as above, ex:T1, T9, T17. Read only, the rule is same as above Read only, the rule is same as above Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W

Device type SC S R AI AQ W

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32753 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 32768

Memo
Read only, the rule is same as above Read only, the rule is same as above

DDDDDDD 1 ~ 5000000

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

147

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.70 V1.80 V1.90 Date Apr/09/2010 Nov/09/2011 Jan/17/2012 Add device type : R_bit Add device type : W Description

148

PLC Connection Guide

GE Fanuc SNP-X
Supported Series: GE Fanuc 90 & VersaMax series PLC Website: http://www.ge.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended GE Fanuc SNP-X RS485 4W 19200 8 Odd 1 0 RS232/RS485 9600 ~ 115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255
Does not apply to this protocol Must set to 8 for this protocol

Options

Notes

PLC Setting:
Refer to the related PLC manual.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B B B B B B B B B W W W I Q M G T SA SB SC S R_bit AI AQ R DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 7680 1 ~ 256 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 3264015 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 10000 1 ~ 32640 Data register bit Analog input register Analog output register Data register Memo Input relay Output relay Auxiliary relay

149

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (90-30/VersaMax) eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS422 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 9 TX8 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS422 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

150

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS422 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS422 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

151

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 3 TX4 TX+ 90-30/VersaMax RS422 15P D-Sub Male 12 SDA 13 SDB 7 GND 10 RDA 11 RDB 9 RT 6 RTSA 15 CTSA 8 RTSB 14 CTSB circuit circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (90-30 series CPU351/352/363/364) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

152

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

MT6000/8000 series excepts MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 90-30/90-70 series RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TX 5 RX 3 GND

153

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (VersaMax series CPU001/002/005/E05) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

154

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND VersaMax series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.40 Date Jan/09/2009 Dec/25/2012 Add device type : R_bit Description

155

PLC Connection Guide

Haiwell PLC
Support Series: E series, S series and H series. Web: http://www.haiwell.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Haiwell PLC RS232 19200 8 None 2 1 RS232,RS485 2W 19200 8 None 2 1~247 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type X Y M T C SM S CR AI AQ V TCV CCV SV Format DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DD DDD DDD DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 12287 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 215 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 79 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 14847 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 154 Memo Input Switch Output Switch Internal Relay Timer (Output Coil State) Timer (Output Coil State) System Status Bit Step Bit Special Module Parameter Register Analog Input Register Analog Output Register Data Register Timer (current value register) Timer (current value register) System Register

156

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TX 1 RX 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TX 1 RX 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TX 1 RX 3 GND

157

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TX 1 RX 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TX 1 RX 3 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal B- Data+ A+ Data-

158

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal B- Data+ A+ Data-

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W Terminal B- Data+ A+ Data-

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal B- Data+ A+ Data-

159

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal B- Data+ A+ Data-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/2/2012 Description Driver released.

160

PLC Connection Guide

Hangzhou Maiou MO-TECH


Support Series: LS GLOFA series GM3, GM4, GM6, GM7 CPU Port. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 1 Options Notes Hangzhou Maiou MO-TECH

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B W W MWX MW MW_NO_RPS Format DDDdd DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 Memo B B W W

MWX_NO_RPS DDDdd

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND TD RD GND RS232 Terminal

161

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

162

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/27/2010 Description

163

PLC Connection Guide

Hanyoung Controller
Supported Series: Temperature Controller. Website: http://hynux.com/kor/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Hanyoung Controller RS485 4W 9600 8 None 1 1 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-255 Options Notes

*In System Parameter Settings / Device Settings / COM Settings, set Parameter 1 to 1 to support Check Sum Mode.

164

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W Device type I D Format DDDD DDDD Range 1 ~ 9999 1 ~ 9999 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Han Young RS422 terminal 32 TX31 TX+ 34 RX33 RX+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND Han Young RS422 terminal 32 TX31 TX+ 34 RX33 RX+

165

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Han Young RS422 terminal 32 TX31 TX+ 34 RX33 RX+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Han Young RS422 terminal 32 TX31 TX+ 34 RX33 RX+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Han Young RS422 terminal 32 TX31 TX+ 34 RX33 RX+

166

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 Date Jun/14/2010 Description

167

PLC Connection Guide

HAWE PLVC
Supported Series: HAWE PLVC Website: http://www.hawe.de/de/home/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended HAWE PLVC RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M T C B F TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 Timer Preset Value Counter Preset Value Data Registers Memo Input Bits Output Bits Internal Relays

168

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

169

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 terminal TXD RXD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Sep/17/2009 Description

170

PLC Connection Guide

Heng Yuan EU series


Supported Series: EU sereis, EU5 series, EU10 series. Website: http://www.tjhysensor.cn/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Extend address mode Recommended Heng Yuan EU series RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 2 YES YES 1-31 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type Parameter Format DDDD Range 0 ~ 2000 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Heng Yuan Sensor RS485 7 RX- (Yellow) 6 RX+ (Green) 4 GND (Black)

171

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Heng Yuan Sensor RS485 7 RX- (Yellow) 6 RX+ (Green) 4 GND (Black)

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND Heng Yuan Sensor RS485 7 RX- (Yellow) 6 RX+ (Green) 4 GND (Black)

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Heng Yuan Sensor RS485 7 RX- (Yellow) 6 RX+ (Green) 4 GND (Black)

172

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND Heng Yuan Sensor RS485 7 RX- (Yellow) 6 RX+ (Green) 4 GND (Black)

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/30/2008 Description Driver released.

173

PLC Connection Guide

Hitachi EH-SIO
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Hitachi EH-SIO RS232 19200 7 Even 1 0 RS232, RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 7 Even 1 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode 19200, E, 7, 1 (default)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W W W W W X Y M T R L TC WM WX WY WR WL Format HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ ff 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f Memo External input-bit (X) External output-bit (Y) Data area-bit (M) Timer (T) Internal output (R) Link area-bit (L) Timer/Counter current value Data area-word (M) External input-word (X) External output-word (Y) Internal output-word (R) Link area-word (L)

174

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-SIO port1/port 2 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

175

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit RS232 8P RJ45 Male

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-SIO port2 RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 6 SG Hitachi EH-SIO

176

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 6 SG

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 6 SG

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 6 SG

177

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 6 SG

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-SIO port2 RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX4 RX1 TX+ 3 RX+ 6 SG

circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX4 RX1 TX+ 3 RX+ 6 SG

circuit circuit

178

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX4 RX1 TX+ 3 RX+ 6 SG

circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX4 RX1 TX+ 3 RX+ 6 SG

circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND Hitachi EH-SIO 2 TX4 RX1 TX+ 3 RX+ 6 SG

circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/25/2010 Description Driver released.
179

PLC Connection Guide

Hitachi EHV Series (Ethernet)


Website: http://www.hitachi-ies.co.jp/english/products/plc/index.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Recommended Options Hitachi EHV Series (Ethernet) Ethernet 3004 3004~3007 Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W W W W W X Y M T R L TC WM WX WY WR WL Format HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh DDDDD HHHHh HHHHh DDDD HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 73ff Memo External input-bit (X) External output-bit (Y) Data area-bit (M) Timer (T) Internal output (R) Link area-bit (L) Timer/Counter current value Data area-word (M) External Input-word (X) External output-word (Y) Internal output-word (R) Link area-word (L)

180

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jan/12/2010 Description Driver released

181

PLC Connection Guide

Hitachi H/EH/EHV Series


Supported Series: Hitachi H series, EH-150, Micro-EH, H20, H40, H64, H200, H250, H252, H300, H302, H700, H702, H1000, H1002, H2000, H4010. Website: http://www.hitachi-ies.co.jp/english/products/plc/index.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Hitachi H/EH/EHV Series RS232 19200 7 Even 1 0 RS232, RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 7 Even 1 0-255 Does not apply to this protocol. Broadcast command NO Notes

Online simulator

YES

Extend address mode NO

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W W W W W X Y M T R L TC WM WX WY WR WL Format HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HHHHh HH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ ff 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ c3ff 0 ~ 270f
182

Memo External input-bit (X) External output-bit (Y) Data area-bit (M) Timer (T) Internal output (R) Link area-bit (L) Timer/Counter current value Data area-word (M) External input-word (X) External output-word (Y) Internal output-word (R) Link area-word (L)

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
WARNING: If your communication cable is not wired exactly as shown in our cable assembly instructions, damage to the HMI or loss of communications can be caused.
CPU TYPE EH-150/CPU 104A EH-150/CPU 208A Port 1 RS-232 RS-232 Port 2 RS-232 RS-232

Port 1 Port 2

EH-150/CPU 308A EH-150/CPU 316A EH-150/CPU 448A

RS-232/RS-485 RS-232 RS-232/RS-485 RS-232 RS-232/RS-485 RS-232

Switch Number 1 2 3, 4 OFF OFF 3 ON OFF ON OFF 5 6 ON 6 ON ON OFF OFF 7 8 OFF OFF Normal mode TRNS0 operation 4 ON ON OFF OFF Port1 transmission speed 4,800 bps 9,600 bps 19,200 bps 38,400 bps Default Doesnt support

Dedicated port PHL Low High Low High Port2 transmission speed 9,600 bps 38,400 bps 4,800 bps 19,200 bps Doesnt support Default Do not turn on. Do not turn on.

Toggle-Switch PHL Low PHL High

(System mode) (System mode)

183

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-150 port1/port 2 RS232 / MICRO-EH port1 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

184

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 5 SD 6 RD 1 SG 8 RS 4 PHL 7 DR circuit RS232 8P RJ45 Male

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-150 port1 RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 5 TX4 TX+ 6 RX7 RX+ 1 SG

185

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 5 TX4 TX+ 6 RX7 RX+ 1 SG

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 5 TX4 TX+ 6 RX7 RX+ 1 SG

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 5 TX4 TX+ 6 RX7 RX+ 1 SG

186

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 5 TX4 TX+ 6 RX7 RX+ 1 SG

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. EH-150 port1 RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX+ 7 RX+ 5 TX6 RX1 SG circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX+ 7 RX+ 5 TX6 RX1 SG circuit circuit

187

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX+ 7 RX+ 5 TX6 RX1 SG circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX+ 7 RX+ 5 TX6 RX1 SG circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX+ 7 RX+ 5 TX6 RX1 SG circuit circuit

188

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. H Series CPU Port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 9 SG 10 SG 4 RTS 5 CTS 7 DSR 8 PHL 14 PV12 circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 9 SG 10 SG 4 RTS 5 CTS 7 DSR 8 PHL 14 PV12 circuit circuit

189

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 9 SG 10 SG 4 RTS 5 CTS 7 DSR 8 PHL 14 PV12 circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 8 CTS COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 9 SG 10 SG 4 RTS 5 CTS 7 DSR 8 PHL 14 PV12 circuit circuit

190

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 15P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 9 SG 10 SG 4 RTS 5 CTS 7 DSR 8 PHL 14 PV12 circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 V1.30 Date Oct/22/2009 Mar/22/2010 Description Fixed HMI occupies the control right of CPU module.

191

PLC Connection Guide

HUST H4X
Supported Series: HUST CNC Controller H4 Series. Website: http://www.hust.com.tw/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended HUST H4X RS-232 38400 7 Even 2 1 9600,19200,38400,57600 CPU port Options Notes

Turn around delay 5

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B DW DW DW DW Device type I O C S A VM_bit VM R Cn Tm Format DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 Memo
Mapping to VM 10800 ~ 10807 (read only) Mapping to VM 10808 ~ 10815 (read only) Mapping to VM 10816 ~ 10823 (read only) Mapping to VM 10824 ~ 10831 (read only) Mapping to VM 10832 ~ 10863 (read only) Bit address (dd): 00 ~ 31 Please refer to the controller specification for register range. Mapping to VM 10000 ~ 10255 (read only) Mapping to VM 10256 ~ 10511 (read only) Mapping to VM 10512 ~ 10767 (read only)

DDDDDdd 100 ~ 9999931 DDDDD DDD DDD DDD 1 ~ 99999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255
192

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND HUST CNC Controller RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND HUST CNC Controller RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND HUST CNC Controller RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

193

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND HUST CNC Controller RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND HUST CNC Controller RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V2.01 Date Sep/29/2009 Description

194

PLC Connection Guide

IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER


Website: http://www.iai-robot.co.jp/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 9600~19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type Servo_On_Off Format H Range 1~8 Memo
Address 1~8 represent the corresponding axis. Write 1 means ON and 0 means OFF. Address 1~8 represent the corresponding

Servo_Origin

1~8

axis. Back to origin. For reading current position. The state of

CurrentAxisPos H

1~8

current axis is put in RW axis*100. i.e., for the state of axis 2, 2*100=200, so it is in RW200.

W W

RunProgram EndProgram

H H

0 0

Data written indicates which program to run. Data written indicates which program to stop. Address 1~8 represent the corresponding axis. The data written indicates which point

PointMove

0~8

to reach. Put parameters ACC, DEC, SPEED in axis*100+1, axis*100+2 and axis*100+3 respectively.

195

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word

Device type

Format

Range

Memo
Jogging. Address 1~8 represent the corresponding axis. Put parameters ACC,

JoggingMove

0~8

DEC, SPEED and Position in axis*100+11, axis*100+12, axis*100+13 and axis*100+14 respectively. Jog to the set absolute coordinate. Address 1~8 represent the corresponding axis. Put

AbsoluteMove

0~8

parameters ACC, DEC, SPEED and Position in axis*100+21, axis*100+22, axis*100+23 and axis*100+24 respectively. To change the value of the point. Address 1~8 represent the corresponding axis. Put

PointChange

0~8

parameters ACC, DEC, SPEED and Position in axis*100+31, axis*100+32, axis*100+33 and axis*100+34 respectively.

SoftWareReset

Reset soft ware.

Note: ddd: Decimal, hhh: Hexadecimal, ooo: Octal. Each model of CPU is different; it is recommended to refer to PLC Manual Device List.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

196

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

197

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jun/01/2010 Description Driver released.

198

PLC Connection Guide

IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER-SSE


Website: http://www.iai-robot.co.jp/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 9600~19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes IAI X-SEL CONTROLLER-SSE

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W W W Device type IP_Bit OP_Bit FG_Bit AX1Status AX2Status AX3Status IP OP FG PDT INT RL STR AX1Sensor AX2Sensor AX3Sensor AX1Error AX2Error AX3Error Format DDD DDD DDDDDD D D D DDD DDD DDDDDD D Range 0 ~ 299 300 ~ 599 0 ~ 128999 0~8 0~8 0~8 0 ~ 272 300 ~ 572 0 ~ 128999 0 Memo

DDDDDDD 0 ~ 1281299 DDDDDDD 0 ~ 1281399 DDDDDD D D D D D D 0 ~ 128998 0 0 0 0 0 0


199

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Device type AX1Encode AX2Encode AX3Encode AX1Positio23 AX2Positio24 AX3Positio25 PGStatus PGStepNo PGError PGErrorNo SYST VR ER0 ER1 ER2 ER3 ER4 ER5 ER6 ER7 SV RO ACM RCM JIM PNM PD_Set PCLR AR0 PR_253 PR_254 PR_255 PR_256 PR_257 SR0 OPR0 ChSpd

Format D D D D D D DDD DDD DDD DDD D HHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH D D D D D D D DDDDDD D DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD D D D

Range 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0~6 0 ~ 3FF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 0~3 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 999999 0 0 ~ 128 0 ~ 128 0 ~ 128 0 ~ 128 0 ~ 128 0 0 0
200

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W

Device type PD2_Value PD3_Value Stop_Canl PDn1Value PDn2Value PDn3Value PDn4Value PDn5Value

Format DDDDD DDDDD D D D D D D

Range 10 ~ 40960 10 ~ 40960 1~7 0~7 0~7 0~7 0~7 0~7

Memo

Note: ddd: Decimal, hhh: Hexadecimal, ooo: Octal. Each model of CPU is different; it is recommended to refer to PLC Manual Device List.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

201

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Host RS232 D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/19/2012 Description Driver released.

202

PLC Connection Guide

IDEC Micro
Supported Series: IDEC Micro3, Micro3C, MicroSmart, OpenNet Controller series. Website: http://www.idec.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended IDEC Micro RS232 9600 7 Even 1 255 (for 1:1 connect) YES YES Do not set the PLC Station No. to 255 RS232, RS485 9600, 19200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-255 255 or same as the PLC setting Options Notes

Online simulator Extend address mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode 9600, E, 7, 1 (default), Use Computer Link Protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B W W W X Y M RT RC D Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 20477 0 ~ 20477 0 ~ 20477 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 Memo Input (I) Output (Q) Internal Relay (M) Timer (T) Counter (C) Data Register (D)

203

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Micro3C, MicroSmart, OpenNet Controller CPU Ladder Port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Port1 or Port2 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Port1 or Port2 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Port1 or Port2 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 7 GND

204

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Port1 or Port2 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Port1 or Port2 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 7 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Micro3 CPU Port, MicroSmart with FC4A-PC2 RS485 Communication Adapter eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 RXD1 RXD+ 7 GND

205

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 RXD1 RXD+ 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 RXD1 RXD+ 7 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 RXD1 RXD+ 7 GND

206

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 RXD1 RXD+ 7 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Micro3C, OpenNet Controller Data Link Terminals,MicroSmart with FC4A-PC3 RS485 Communication Adapter eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Data Link Terminal A RXDB RXD+ SG GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Data Link Terminal A RXDB RXD+ SG GND

207

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND Data Link Terminal A RXDB RXD+ SG GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Data Link Terminal A RXDB RXD+ SG GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND A RXDB RXD+ SG GND Data Link Terminal

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Jun/19/2009 Description

208

PLC Connection Guide

Inovance H2U/H1U
Website: http://www.inovance.cn/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Inovance H2U/H1U RS485 4W 9600 7 Even 1 0 9600~19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W DW W Device type X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 0 ~ 799915 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 7999 200 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Registers Counter Memory (32bit) Special Data Register Memo Input Bits Output Bits Auxiliary Relay Timer Relay Counter Relay Special Auxiliary Relay

Note: ddd: Decimal, hhh: Hexadecimal, ooo: Octal. Each model of CPU is different, it is recommended to refer to PLC Manual Device List.

209

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND H2U/H1U RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND H2U/H1U RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND H2U/H1U RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

210

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND H2U/H1U RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND H2U/H1U RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/19/2010 Description Driver released.

211

PLC Connection Guide

Justfi Controller
Supported Series: Justfi weighing instruments, Industrial Batching Controller supports XK31CB4, XK31CB6. Website: http://www.justfi.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Justfi controller RS232 9600 7 Even 1 1 9600, 19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W DW W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Device type Func Func_DW RW RF RT RG RC RB MZ MT CT DT BB HB BD RP1t . RP6F Format DD DD H H H H H H H H H H H H H H Range 0 ~ 99 0 ~ 99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Memo Read / Write Read / Write Weight (read only) Read result (read only) Read total (read only) Read prescription group Circle Read status (read only) Zero (write only) Tare (write only) Clear tare (write only) Clear total (write only) Start (write only) Stop (write only) Discharge (write only) Read/Write recipe

212

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CB4 RS232 TD RD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CB4 RS232 TD RD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CB4 RS232 TD RD GND

213

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CB4 RS232 TD RD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND CB4 RS232 TD RD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Nov/04/2009 Description

214

PLC Connection Guide

Kernel sistemi DMX Series


Supported Series: Kernel systemi DMX 30 Website: http://www.kernel.modena.it/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Kernel sistemi DMX Series RS232 19200 8 None 1 1 Must match the PLC port setting RS485 9600 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type D Format HHHH Range 0 ~ ffff Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND DMX30 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

215

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND DMX30 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND DMX30 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND DMX30 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND DMX30 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

216

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Feb/06/2010 Description Driver releasesd.

217

PLC Connection Guide

KEYENCE KV-10/16/24/40/80/Visual KV Series


Supported Series: KEYENCE KV series, KV16~80 Website: http://www.keyence.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 Even 1 0 Options RS232 Notes
KEYENCE KV-10/16/24/40/80/Visual KV Series

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B W W W W W W W W RLY DM_Bit DM TM T T_Curr T_Preset C C_Curr C_Preset Format DDDdd0* DDDDDh DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 655150* 0 ~ 65535f 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 8999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 Counter_Current Timer_Current Memo dd:0 ~ 15

Note:* If Relay (bit) register is used, please place a zero at the end of the address. For example, to read Relay (bit) 100, the address is written as 1000.

218

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS232 CPU Port: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

219

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P RJ11: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 4 RXD 3 GND

220

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 4 RXD 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male 2 TXD 4 RXD 3 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 2 TXD 4 RXD 3 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 2 TXD 4 RXD 3 GND RS232 6P RJ11 Male

221

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

222

PLC Connection Guide

KEYENCE KV-5000 (Ethernet)


Supported series: KV5000, 3000, 1000 series. Website: http://www.keyence.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 8501 0 Options Notes KEYENCE KV-5000 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W Device type MR LR CR RLY DM TM T T_Curr T_Preset C C_Curr C_Preset CM EM FM Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Timer Current Timer Preset Memo

Note: If RLY (bit) register is used, please place a zero at the end of the address. For example, to read RLY 100, the address is written as 1000.

223

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/25/2009 Description Driver released.

224

PLC Connection Guide

KEYENCE KV-L20V/700/1000/3000/5000 Series


Website: http://www.keyence.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 115200 8 Even 1 0 Extend address mode NO Options RS232,RS485 2W,RS485 4W 9600 ~ 115200 Notes
KEYENCE KV-L20V/700/1000/3000/5000 Series

Online simulator YES

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W Device type MR LR CR RLY DM TM T T_Curr T_Preset C C_Curr C_Preset CM EM FM Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Counter_Current Timer_Current Memo

225

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

226

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND OP-26486 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 RS232 terminal 3 TXD 5 RXD 1 GND

227

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 RS232 terminal 3 TXD 5 RXD 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 RS232 terminal 3 TXD 5 RXD 1 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 RS232 terminal 3 TXD 5 RXD 1 GND

228

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 RS232 terminal 3 TXD 5 RXD 1 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 2W terminal 3 D5 D+ 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 2W terminal 3 D5 D+ 1 GND

229

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 2W terminal 3 D5 D+ 1 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 2W terminal 3 D5 D+ 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 2W terminal 3 D5 D+ 1 GND

230

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 4W terminal 3 TX5 TX+ 2 RX4 RX+ 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 4W terminal 3 TX5 TX+ 2 RX4 RX+ 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 4W terminal 3 TX5 TX+ 2 RX4 RX+ 1 GND

231

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 4W terminal 3 TX5 TX+ 2 RX4 RX+ 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND KV-L20V Port2 R485 4W terminal 3 TX5 TX+ 2 RX4 RX+ 1 GND

Driver Version:
Version V2.20 V2.30 Date Jul/28/2009 Oct/5/2012 Support KV-L20V module Description

232

PLC Connection Guide

Korenix 6550
Website: http://www.korenix.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Korenix 6550 Ethernet 502 0 Options Notes Modbus protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W W Device type 1x 0x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 6x_Bit 3x 4x 5x 6x Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo

233

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.61 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

234

PLC Connection Guide

KOYO CLICK
Supported Series: KOYO CLICK PLC series Website: http://www.automationdirect.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended KOYO CLICK RS232 38400 8 Odd 1 1 Com Port1 (fixed) Com Port1 (fixed) Com Port1 (fixed) Com Port1 (fixed) Com Port1 (fixed) Reference PLC Specification Reference PLC Specification Reference PLC Specification Reference PLC Specification Reference PLC Specification Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W X Y C T CT SC DS DD DH DF XD YD TD CTD SD TXT Ddd Ddd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDD DDD D D DDD DDD DDDD DDDD Range 001 ~ 816 001 ~ 816 1 ~ 2000 1 ~ 500 1 ~ 250 1 ~ 1000 1 ~ 4500 1 ~ 1000 1 ~ 500 1 ~ 500 0~8 0~8 1 ~ 500 1 ~ 250 1 ~ 1000 1 ~ 1000
235

Memo Input Status (Read Only) Output Status Control Bit Timer Status (Read Only) Counter Status (Read Only) System Control Bit (Read Only) Data Registers Data Registers (Double Word) Data Registers Data Registers (Double Word) Input Status Registers (Read Only) Output Status Registers Timer Current Values (Read Only) Counter Current Values (Double Word/Read Only) System Data Registers (Read Only) Text Data Registers

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
KOYO CLICK PLC Com Port:

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Driver eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

236

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

Version:
Version V1.50 Date Jun/22/2010 Description

237

PLC Connection Guide

KOYO DIRECT
Supported Series: KOYO DirectLogic series PLC DL05, DL06, DL105, DL205, DL305, and DL405 series. Website: http://www.automationdirect.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended KOYO DIRECT RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 1 RS232, RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1-90 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The PLC must not have a password. PLC must be set for Full Duplex operation. PLC must be set for No Hardware Handshaking. The PLC must be set to use the K Sequence Protocol. Set the mode switch to the TERM mode. When using the D4-440 CPU, the station number must be set to 1.

238

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B W W W X Y C T CT S SP GX GY V Timer Counter Format OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO Range 0 ~ 4000 0 ~ 4000 0 ~ 1000 0 ~ 1000 0 ~ 2000 0 ~ 2000 Memo Input Bits Output Bits Control Relays Timer Status Bits Counter Status Bits

OOOOO 0 ~ 10000

OOOOO 0 ~ 10000 OOOOO 0 ~ 10000 OOOOO 0 ~ 77777 OOOO OOOO 0 ~ 1000 0 ~ 1000 V Memory

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. DL05/DL06/DL105/DL230/DL240/DL250/DL350/DL450 RS232 port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND KOYO DirectLogic PLC RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TX 3 RX 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND KOYO DirectLogic PLC RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TX 3 RX 1 GND

239

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND KOYO DirectLogic PLC RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TX 3 RX 1 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND KOYO DirectLogic PLC RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TX 3 RX 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND KOYO DirectLogic PLC RS232 6P RJ12 Male 4 TX 3 RX 1 GND

240

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU unit: DL06/DL250 CPU Port2 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

241

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

242

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU unit: DL06/DL250 CPU Port2 RS422 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 10 TX9 TX+ 6 RX13 RX+ 7 GND 11 RTS+ 14 CTS+ 12 RTS15 CTSCircuit Circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 10 TX9 TX+ 6 RX13 RX+ 7 GND 11 RTS+ 14 CTS+ 12 RTS15 CTSCircuit Circuit

243

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 10 TX9 TX+ 6 RX13 RX+ 7 GND 11 RTS+ 14 CTS+ 12 RTS15 CTSCircuit Circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 10 TX9 TX+ 6 RX13 RX+ 7 GND 11 RTS+ 14 CTS+ 12 RTS15 CTSCircuit Circuit

244

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port2 15P D-Sub Male 10 TX9 TX+ 6 RX13 RX+ 7 GND 11 RTS+ 14 CTS+ 12 RTS15 CTSCircuit Circuit

Note: DL06/DL250 CPU Port2 include RS232 and RS422 The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. DL430/DL440/DL450 CPU unit Port0 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port0 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 13 GND 1 YOP 7 CTS 2 YOM 4 ONLINE 14 GND circuit circuit

245

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port0 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 13 GND 1 YOP 7 CTS 2 YOM 4 ONLINE 14 GND circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port0 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 13 GND 1 YOP 7 CTS 2 YOM 4 ONLINE 14 GND circuit circuit

246

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port0 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 13 GND 1 YOP 7 CTS 2 YOM 4 ONLINE 14 GND circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Port0 15P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 13 GND 1 YOP 7 CTS 2 YOM 4 ONLINE 14 GND circuit circuit

247

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU unit: DL430/DL440/DL450 CPU unit Port1 & DL350 CPU unit Port2 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port1 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS Circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port1 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS Circuit

248

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port1 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS Circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port1 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS Circuit

249

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Port1 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS Circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU unit: DL430/DL440/DL450 CPU unit Port1 & DL350 CPU unit Port2 RS422 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Male 16 TX14 TX+ 10 RX9 RX+ 7 GND 19 RTS+ 11 CTS+ 18 RTS23 CTSCircuit Circuit

250

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Male 16 TX14 TX+ 10 RX9 RX+ 7 GND 19 RTS+ 11 CTS+ 18 RTS23 CTSCircuit Circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Male 16 TX14 TX+ 10 RX9 RX+ 7 GND 19 RTS+ 11 CTS+ 18 RTS23 CTSCircuit Circuit

251

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Male 16 TX14 TX+ 10 RX9 RX+ 7 GND 19 RTS+ 11 CTS+ 18 RTS23 CTSCircuit Circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Male 16 TX14 TX+ 10 RX9 RX+ 7 GND 19 RTS+ 11 CTS+ 18 RTS23 CTSCircuit Circuit

252

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU unit: DL450 CPU unit Port3 RS422 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port3 25P D-Sub Male 13 TX12 TX+ 25 RX24 RX+ 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port3 25P D-Sub Male 13 TX12 TX+ 25 RX24 RX+ 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port3 25P D-Sub Male 13 TX12 TX+ 25 RX24 RX+ 7 GND

253

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port3 25P D-Sub Male 13 TX12 TX+ 25 RX24 RX+ 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port3 25P D-Sub Male 13 TX12 TX+ 25 RX24 RX+ 7 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Communication unit: DL205 series D2-DCM and DL405 series D4-DCM RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

254

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Port 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Port 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

255

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Port 25P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND 4 RTC 5 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Nov/08/2010 Description

256

PLC Connection Guide

KOYO Do-more
Supported Series: Do-more H2 Series PLC Website: http://www.automationdirect.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulation Recommended KOYO Do-more RS232 115200 8 None 1 1 YES Extend address mode NO 9600 ~ 115200 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Serial Port Mode Do-more programming

Device Address:
to Bit/Word B rB B B B B B B B B B W W Device type ST X Y C MI MC T.Done CT.Done DLX DLY DLC DLV SDT Format DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD OOOOOO OOOOOO OOOOOO OOOOOO D.D
257

Range 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 32766 0 ~ 32766 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 7.6

Memo

Read only Read only

*Note 1

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Device type WX WY V N SS SL UDT PL MIR MHR DST D R T.ACC

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD.DD DDDD.DDD DDDDD.D DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 3854.34 0 ~ 1007.130 0 ~ 32767.6 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 32766

Memo

Read only *Note 2 Read only *Note 2 *Note 1

Real Number (float)

W CT.ACC DDDDD 0 ~ 32766 *Note 1SDT , UDT: xxx.0 = Year, xxx.1 = Month, xxx.2 = Day, xxx.3 = DayOfWeek, xxx.4 = Hour, xxx.5 = Minute, xxx.6 = Second. *Note 2SS , SL: xxx.0 = MaxLen, xxx.1 = Length, xxx.2 ~ 34 = String(SS) xxx.2 ~ 130 = String (SL)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Koyo Direct Logic 205 RS-232 6P RJ12 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND 6 CTS 5 RTS

258

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Koyo Direct Logic 205 RS-232 6P RJ12 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS Koyo Direct Logic 205 RS-232 6P RJ12 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND 6 CTS 5 RTS

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Koyo Direct Logic 205 RS-232 6P RJ12 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND 6 CTS 5 RTS

259

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Koyo Direct Logic 205 RS-232 6P RJ12 4 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/03/2013 Description Driver released.

260

PLC Connection Guide

KOYO Do-more (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Do-more H2 Series PLC Ethernet port Website: http://www.automationdirect.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options KOYO Do-more (Ethernet) Ethernet 28784 No need to set station no. Notes USE UDP

PLC Setting:
Serial Port Mode Do-more programming

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type ST X Y C MI MC T.Done CT.Done DLX DLY DLC DLV SDT WX WY V N Format DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD OOOOOO OOOOOO OOOOOO OOOOOO D.D DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD
261

Range 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 32766 0 ~ 32766 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 177777 0 ~ 7.6 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535

Memo

Read only Read only

*Note 1

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W

Device type SS SL UDT PL MIR MHR DST D R T.ACC

Format DDDD.DD DDDD.DDD DDDDD.D DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 3854.34 0 ~ 1007.130 0 ~ 32767.6 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 32766

Memo Read only *Note 2 Read only *Note 2 *Note 1

Real Number (float)

W CT.ACC DDDDD 0 ~ 32766 *Note 1SDT , UDT: xxx.0 = Year, xxx.1 = Month, xxx.2 = Day, xxx.3 = DayOfWeek, xxx.4 = Hour, xxx.5 = Minute, xxx.6 = Second. *Note 2SS , SL: xxx.0 = MaxLen, xxx.1 = Length, xxx.2 ~ 34 = String(SS) xxx.2 ~ 130 =String (SL)

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

262

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/03/2013 Description Driver released.

263

PLC Connection Guide

KOYO Ethernet
Supported Series: KOYO DirectLogic series, model H0-ECOM100, H2-ECOM100. Website: http://www.automationdirect.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended KOYO Ethernet Ethernet 28784 No need to set station no. 0 Options Notes UDP/IP

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W W Device type GX X SP GY Y C S T CT V CCM_32 CCM_33 CCM_31 Format OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOO OOO OOOOO HHH HHH HHHH Range 0 ~ 3777 0 ~ 1777 0 ~ 1777 0 ~ 3777 0 ~ 1777 0 ~ 3777 0 ~ 1777 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 41237 1 ~ 200 1 ~ 340 1 ~ 42a0 Memo Global I/O Real Word Inputs Special Purpose Relays More Global I/O Real Word Outputs Control Relays Stage Status Bits Timer Status Bits Counter Status Bits V-memory GX, X, SP GY,Y,C,S,T,CT V

ddd:Decimal, hhh:Hexadecimal, ooo:Octal

264

PLC Connection Guide

The mapping of CCM32, CCM33, and CCM31 with other addresses. Device type CCM_31 CCM_32 CCM_32 CCM_32 CCM_33 CCM_33 CCM_33 CCM_33 CCM_33 CCM_33 Range 1~42A0 1~FF 101~17F 181~1FF 1~FF 101~17F 181~27F 281~2FF 301~31F 321~33F Device type Range V GX X SP GY Y C S T CT 0~41237 0~3777 0~1777 0~1777 0~3777 0~1777 0~3777 0~1777 0~377 0~377

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

265

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jul/03/2009 Description

266

PLC Connection Guide

Lenze
Supported Series: PLC Model No.: 9300/8200 series, and EPL10200 Pass-through 2102IB fieldbus module: RS485 (LECOM B) Website: http://www.lenze.de

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Lenze RS232 9600 7 None 1 1 9600, 19200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Same as the MT500 setting

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W W W W W Device type CNB CB CI CD CF CNI CND CNF Format DDDDdd DDDDddxx DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 81920015 0 ~ 819200 0 ~ 819200 0 ~ 819200 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999
267

Memo Subcode not supported. Can only read/write CNI Word Type. Subcode supported. Can only read/write CI Word Type. Subcode supported. Integer Subcode supported. DWord Subcode supported. DWord (float point) Subcode not supported. Integer Subcode not supported. DWord Subcode not supported. DWord (float point)

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Lenze 2102IB LECOM-B RS485 plug-in terminal 4-pole eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 72 T/R (A) 71 T/R (B)

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 72 T/R (A) 71 T/R (B)

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal 72 T/R (A) 71 T/R (B)

268

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 72 T/R (A) 71 T/R (B)

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal 72 T/R (A) 71 T/R (B)

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Sep/6/2011 Description

269

PLC Connection Guide

LingYan BMS
Website: http://www.lyeda.com/Project_file/bms01.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LingYan BMS RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W W W Device type Battery_Unit Switch_Unit Format D D Range 0 0 0 Memo

Insulator_Unit D

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Terminal 1 TXD 3 RXD 4 GND

270

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Terminal 1 TXD 3 RXD 4 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 1 TXD 3 RXD 4 GND RS232 4P Terminal

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Terminal 1 TXD 3 RXD 4 GND

271

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 4P Terminal 1 TXD 3 RXD 4 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Nov/12/2009 Description

272

PLC Connection Guide

LIYAN EX series
Supported Series: LIYAN PLC Ex/Ex1s/Ex1n/Ex2n series Website: http://www.liyanplc.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 7 Even 1 0 Options RS232 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Must match the PLC port setting. Notes Mitsubishi FX0s/FX0n/FX1s/FX1n/FX2

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M T C TV CV D CV2 SD Format ooo ooo ddd ddd ddd ddd ddd ddd ddd ddd Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 9999 200 ~ 255 Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Bit Memory Timer Bit Memory Counter Bit Memory Timer Register Counter Register Data Register Counter Register (Double Word)

8000 ~ 9999 Special Data Register

273

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini-DIN: Ex, Ex1s, Ex1n, Ex2n series eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 7 RXD 6 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 7 RXD 6 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 7 RXD 6 GND

274

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 7 RXD 6 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 7 RXD 6 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Oct/26/2011 Description

275

PLC Connection Guide

LoXin
Website: http://www.loxin-china.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LoXin RS-485 2W 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W W W Device type Battery_Unit Switch_Unit Format D D Range 0 0 0 Memo

Insulator_Unit D

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

276

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

277

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/16/2008 Description

278

PLC Connection Guide

LS GLOFA Cnet
Supported Series: LS GLOFA GM6/GM7 CPU port. G7L-CUEB / G6L-CUEB / G4L-CUEA / G3L-CUEA Cnet module Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS GLOFA Cnet RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 RS232/RS485 2W/4W 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0~31 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Communication module 9600,N,8,1 (default), Cnet protocol Applicable mode: 1 dedicated communication

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W DW Device type MX IX QX MW MD Format DDDDD ddDdd ddDdd DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 16383 Memo Internal Relay Input Output Data Register Double Word

279

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

280

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: Communication Module (G7L-CUEB / G6L-CUEB / G4L-CUEA / G3L-CUEA Cnet RS232) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 CD 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

281

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 CD 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 CD 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

282

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 CD 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 CD 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

283

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Communication Module (G7L-CUEC / G6L-CUEC / G4L-CUEA / G3L-CUEA Cnet RS422) eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

284

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND SDB SDA RDB RDA GND RS422 terminal

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 Date Jun/08/2010 Description

285

PLC Connection Guide

LS GLOFA FEnet (Ethernet)


Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 2004 0 0~31 Options Notes LS GLOFA FEnet (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W DW Device type MX IX QX MW MD Format DDDDDD ddDdd ddDdd DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 131056 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 4095 Memo Internal Relay Input Output Data Register Double Word

286

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/02/2009 Description Driver released.

287

PLC Connection Guide

LS GLOFA GM3467 (LOADER)


Supported Series: LS GLOFA series GM3, GM4, GM6, GM7 CPU port. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 Options Notes LS GLOFA GM3467 (LOADER)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W Device type MX IX QX IW QW MW MD Format DDDDDD ddDdd ddDdd HHH HHH DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 524272 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 63763 0 ~ 273 0 ~ 273 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 16383 00.0.0 ~ 63.7.63 (dd.D.dd) 00.0.0 ~ 63.7.63 (dd.D.dd) Memo

288

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND LS GLOFA series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND LS GLOFA series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND LS GLOFA series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

289

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND LS GLOFA series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND LS GLOFA series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Mar/08/2010 Description

290

PLC Connection Guide

LS MASTER-K Cnet
Supported Series: LS MASTER-K series: K80S, K200S, K300S, and K1000S Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS MASTER-K Cnet RS232 38400 8 None 1 0 RS232/RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-31 Must match the PLC port setting. Options Notes

Online simulator

YES

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type P K M L F D_bit TV CV D M_word L_word F_word Format DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDDh DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 Memo I/O Relay (P) Keep Relay (K) Auxiliary Relay (M) Link Relay (L) Special Relay (F) D_bit Timer Present Value Counter Present Value Data Register (D) Word type for M Word type for L Word type for F

291

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CPU Port Cnet I/F RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 4 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CPU Port Cnet I/F RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 4 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CPU Port Cnet I/F RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 4 RX 5 GND

292

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CPU Port Cnet I/F RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 4 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND CPU Port Cnet I/F RS232 9P D-Sub Male 7 TX 4 RX 5 GND

If connected with Cnet module, please refer to Cnet module document.

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Apr/19/2010 May/11/2011 Description Driver released. Added registers: D_bit, M_word, F_word, L_word

293

PLC Connection Guide

LS MASTER-K CPU Direct


Supported Series: LS MASTER-K series: K80S, K120S, K200S, K300S, K1000S, K7M. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 38400 8 None 1 0 Options RS232/RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-31 Must match the PLC port setting. Notes LG MASTER-K CPU Direct

Online simulator

YES

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type P K M L F D_bit TV CV D M_word L_word F_word Format DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDDh DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 Memo I/O Relay (P) Keep Relay (K) Auxiliary Relay (M) Link Relay (L) Special Relay (F) D_bit Timer Present Value Counter Present Value Data Register (D) Word type for M Word type for L Word type for F

294

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

295

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date May/11/2011 Description Added registers: D_bit, M_word, F_word, L_word

296

PLC Connection Guide

LS MASTER-K MODBUS RTU


Supported Series: LS MASTER-K MODBUS RTU Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 1 8 Even 1 Options Notes LS MASTER-K MODBUS RTU

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W Device type P M L K F D_bit T C S D T_double C_double S_double D_double F_word L_word M_word Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999
297

Memo I/O Relay (P) Auxiliary Relay (M) Link Relay (L) Keep Relay (K) Special Relay (F) Timer (T) Counter (C) Data Register (D)

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

298

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date May/11/2011 Description Added registers: D_bit, M_word, F_word, L_word

299

PLC Connection Guide

LS MASTER-K10S1
Supported Series: LS MASTER-K10S1 Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS MASTER-K10S1 RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 8 None 1 RS232/RS485 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W Device type P K M L F T C TV CV D Format DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDDh DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255f 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 Memo I/O Relay (P) Keep Relay (K) Auxiliary Relay (M) Link Relay (L) Special Relay (F) Timer (T) Counter (C) Timer Present Value Counter Present Value Data Register (D)

300

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Driver eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

301

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Version:
Version V1.00 Date Sep/08/2009 Description Driver released.

302

PLC Connection Guide

LS XBM/XBC Cnet
Supported Series: LS XGB Series XBM/XBC CPU with communication module XGL-CH2A. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS XBM/XBC Cnet RS232 115200 8 None 1 1 RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-31 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type P_Bit M_Bit L_Bit K_Bit F_Bit S_Bit D_Bit U_Bit T_Bit C_Bit P M L K F S Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDDDDh DH.DDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 2559f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 12799 0 ~ 32767f 0.000 ~ 7f.31f 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 127
303

Memo
I/O device Bit Internal device Bit Communication device Bit Preservation device Bit Special device Bit( write available from 1025) Relay for step control Bit Data register_Bit expression (D0000.0) XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f) Timer device Bit Counter device Bit I/O device_2,048 points Internal device_4,096 points Communication device_20,480 points Preservation device_4,096 points Special device_4,096 point Relay for step control

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W

Device type D U N Z T C

Format DDDDD DH.DD DDDDD DDD DDDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 32767 0.00 ~ 7f.31 0 ~ 21503 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047

Memo
Data register_5120 words Analog data register_256 words
Communication data register_3,936 words

Index register_128 words


Timer current value register_256 words Counter current value register_256 words

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 2 RXD 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 2 RXD 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 2 RXD 3 GND

304

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 2 RXD 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 2 RXD 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.50 V1.70 Date Mar/07/2011 Jun/28/2012 Description Added registers: P_Bit, M_Bit, L_Bit, K_Bitetc Change the way to read/write S_Bit.

305

PLC Connection Guide

LS XBM/XBC FEnet (Ethernet)


Supported Series: LS XGB series XBM/XBC CPU with XBL-EFMT ethernet module. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 2004 0 0~255 Options Notes LS XBM/XBC FEnet (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode FEnet Protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type P_Bit M_Bit L_Bit K_Bit F_Bit S_Bit D_Bit U_Bit T_Bit C_Bit P M L K F S D U Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDDDDh DH.DDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DH.DD Range 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 2559f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 12799 Memo I/O device Bit Internal device Bit Communication device Bit Preservation device Bit
Special device Bit( write available from 1025)

Relay for step control Bit

0 ~ 32767f Data register_Bit expression 0.000 ~ 7f.31f XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f) 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 32767 0.00 ~ 7f.31
306

Timer device Bit Counter device Bit I/O device_2,048 points Internal device_4,096 points Communication device_20,480 points Preservation device_4,096 points Special device_4,096 point Relay for step control Data register_5120 words Analog data register_256 words

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W

Device type N Z T C

Format DDDDD DDD DDDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 21503 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047

Memo
Communication data register_3,936 words

Index register_128 words


Timer current value register_256 words
Counter current value register_256 words

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

307

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.50 V1.60 Date Aug/16/2011 Jun/28/2012 Description Added registers: P_Bit, M_Bit, L_Bit, K_Bitetc Change the way to read/write S_Bit.

308

PLC Connection Guide

LS XBM/XBC/XGK CPU DIRECT


Supported Series: LS XBM/XBC/XGK CPU RS232 port. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 115200 8 None 1 1 Options RS232 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1 Notes LS XBM/XBC/XGK CPU DIRECT

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W Device type P_Bit M_Bit L_Bit K_Bit F_Bit S_Bit D_Bit U_Bit T_Bit C_Bit P M L K F S D U N Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDDDDh DH.DDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DH.DD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 2559f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 12799 0 ~ 32767f 0.000 ~ 3f.31f 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 32767 0.00 ~ 3f.31 0 ~ 21503
309

Memo I/O device Bit Internal device Bit Communication device Bit Preservation device Bit
Special device Bit( write available from 1025) Relay

for step control Bit

Data register_Bit expression XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f) Timer device Bit Counter device Bit I/O device Internal device Communication device Preservation device Special device( write available from 1025) Relay for step control Data register
Analog data register XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f)

Communication data register

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W

Device type Z T C R ZR TS CS

Format DDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047

Memo Index register_128 words Timer current value register Counter current value register

Setup value Setup value

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

310

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 V1.60 Date Mar/10/2011 Jun/18/2012 Description Added registers: P_Bit, M_Bit, L_Bit, K_Bitetc Change the way to read/write S_Bit.

311

PLC Connection Guide

LS XEC Cnet
Supported Series: LS XGB Series XEC CPU with communication module XGL-CH2A. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS XEC Cnet RS232 115200 8 None 1 0 RS232/RS485 9600 ~ 115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0 ~ 255 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type I_Bit Q_Bit U_Bit A_Bit M_Bit R_Bit W_Bit F_Bit K_Bit L_Bit N_Bit A I Q M R W F K Format DDD.DD.Dh DDD.DD.Dh DD.DD.DDh DDDDDDh DDDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDD DDD.DD.D DDD.DD.D DDDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 31.15.31f 0 ~ 262143f 0 ~ 131071f 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 65535f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 8399f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 25087f 0 ~ 262143 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 131071 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 8399
312

Memo Input device bit Output device bit Analog flag bit Automatic variable bit Direct variable bit Direct variable bit Direct variable bit System flag bit Built-in special flag bit High speed link flag bit P2P flag bit Automatic variable Input device Output device Direct variable Direct variable Direct variable System flag Built-in special flag

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W

Device type L N U

Format DDDDD DDDDD DD.DD.DD

Range 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 25087 0 ~ 31.15.31

Memo High speed link flag P2P flag Analog flag

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TX RX SG

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND TX RX SG RS232 Terminal

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND TX RX SG RS232 Terminal

313

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TX RX SG

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TX RX SG

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal 485485+ GND

314

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal 485485+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W Terminal 485485+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 485485+ GND RS485 2W Terminal

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND 485485+ GND RS485 2W Terminal

315

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/27/2012 Description Driver released.

316

PLC Connection Guide

LS XEC FEnet (Ethernet)


Supported Series: LS XGB Series XEC CPU with XGL-EFMT ethernet module. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Recommended Ethernet 2004 Options Notes LS XEC FEnet (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W Device type I_Bit Q_Bit U_Bit A_Bit M_Bit R_Bit W_Bit F_Bit K_Bit L_Bit N_Bit A I Q M R W F K L N U Format DD.DD.Df DD.DD.Df DD.DD.DDf DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDD.DD.D DDD.DD.D DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DD.DD.DD Range 0 ~ 15.15.3f 0 ~ 15.15.3f 0 ~ 31.15.31f 0 ~ 16383f 0 ~ 8191f 0 ~ 10239f 0 ~ 10239f 0 ~ 1023f 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 5119f 0 ~ 16383 0 ~ 15.15.3 0 ~ 15.15.3 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 5119 0 ~ 31.15.31
317

Memo Input device bit Output device bit Analog flag bit Automatic variable bit Direct variable bit Direct variable bit Direct variable bit System flag bit Built-in special flag bit High speed link flag bit P2P flag bit Automatic variable Input device Output device Direct variable Direct variable Direct variable System flag Built-in special flag High speed link flag P2P flag Analog flag

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/28/2012 Description Driver released.

318

PLC Connection Guide

LS XEC/XGI CPU DIRECT


Supported Series: LS XEC/XGI CPU RS232 port. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 115200 8 None 1 1 Options RS232 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1 Notes LS XEC/XGI CPU DIRECT

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W Device type A_Bit I_Bit Q_Bit M_Bit R_Bit W_Bit F_Bit K_Bit L_Bit N_Bit U_Bit A I Q M R Format DDDDDDh DDD.DD.Dh DDD.DD.Dh DDDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DD.DD.DDh DDDDDD DDD.DD.D DDD.DD.D DDDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 262143f 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 131071f 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 65535f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 8399f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 25087f 0 ~ 31.15.31f 0 ~ 262143 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 131071 0 ~ 32767
319

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W

Device type W F K L N U

Format DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DD.DD.DD

Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 8399 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 25087 0 ~ 31.15.31

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGB CPU RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 1 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGB CPU RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 1 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

320

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGB CPU RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 1 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGB CPU RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 1 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND XGB CPU RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 1 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

321

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGI CPU RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGI CPU RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGI CPU RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGI CPU RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

322

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND XGI CPU RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/17/2012 Description Driver released.

323

PLC Connection Guide

LS XGI Cnet
Supported Series: LS XGT series XGI CPU series with communication module XGL-CH2A Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS XGI Cnet RS232 115200 8 None 1 0 RS232/RS485 4W 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0~255 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type A_Bit I_Bit Q_Bit M_Bit R_Bit W_Bit F_Bit K_Bit L_Bit N_Bit U_Bit A I Q M R W F Format DDDDDDh Range 0 ~ 262143f Memo

DDD.DD.Dh 0 ~ 127.15.3f DDD.DD.Dh 0 ~ 127.15.3f DDDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDD DDD.DD.D DDD.DD.D DDDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD 0 ~ 131071f 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 65535f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 8399f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 25087f 0 ~ 262143 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 131071 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 2047
324

DD.DD.DDh 0 ~ 31.15.31f

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W

Device type K L N U

Format DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DD.DD.DD

Range 0 ~ 8399 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 25087 0 ~ 31.15.31

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

325

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to Terminals: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

326

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

327

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/23/2012 Description Driver released

328

PLC Connection Guide

LS XGI FEnet (Ethernet)


Supported Series: LS XGT series XGI CPU with XGL-EFMT ethernet module. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 2004 0 Options Notes LS XGI FEnet (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W Device type A_Bit I_Bit Q_Bit M_Bit R_Bit W_Bit F_Bit K_Bit L_Bit N_Bit U_Bit A I Q M R W F K L N U Format DDDDDDh DDD.DD.Dh DDD.DD.Dh DDDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDDh DD.DD.DDh DDDDDD DDD.DD.D DDD.DD.D DDDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DD.DD.DD
329

Range 0 ~ 262143f 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 127.15.3f 0 ~ 131071f 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 65535f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 8399f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 25087f 0 ~ 31.15.31f 0 ~ 262143 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 127.15.3 0 ~ 131071 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 8399 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 25087 0 ~ 31.15.31

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/21/2012 Description Driver released.

330

PLC Connection Guide

LS XGK Cnet
Supported Series: LS XGT series XGK CPU with communication module XGL-CH2A Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended LS XGK Cnet RS232 115200 8 None 1 1 RS232/RS485 4W 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1 0~32 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type P_Bit M_Bit L_Bit K_Bit F_Bit S_Bit D_Bit U_Bit T_Bit C_Bit P M L K F S D Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDDDDh DH.DDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 2559f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 12799 Memo I/O device Bit Internal device Bit Communication device Bit Preservation device Bit Special device Bit( write available from 1025) Relay for step control Bit

Data register_Bit expression (D0000.0) 0 ~ 32767f 0.000 ~ 3f.31f XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f)

0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 32767


331

Timer device Bit Counter device Bit I/O device Internal device Communication device Preservation device
Special device( write available from 1025)

Relay for step control Data register

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W

Device type U N Z T C R ZR

Format DH.DD DDDDD DDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0.00 ~ 3f.31 0 ~ 21503 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767

Memo
Analog data register XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f)

Communication data register Index register_128 words Timer current value register
Counter current value register

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

332

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

333

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to Terminals: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

334

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND XGL-CH2A CH2 5P Terminal TXDTXD+ RXDRXD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 V1.40 Date Feb /25/2011 Jun/20/2012 Description Added registers: P_Bit, M_Bit, L_Bit, K_Bitetc Change the way to read/write S_Bit.

335

PLC Connection Guide

LS XGK FEnet (Ethernet)


Supported Series: LS XGT series XGK CPU with XGL-EFMT ethernet module. Website: http://www.lgis.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 2004 0 Options Notes LS XGK FEnet (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W Device type Format P_Bit M_Bit L_Bit K_Bit F_Bit S_Bit D_Bit U_Bit T_Bit C_Bit P M L K F S D U N Z DDDDh DDDDh DDDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDD DDDDDh DH.DDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DH.DD DDDDD DDD Range 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 11263f 0 ~ 2559f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 12799 0 ~ 32767f 0.000 ~ 3f.31f 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 11263 0 ~ 2559 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 32767 0.00 ~ 3f.31 0 ~ 21503 0 ~ 127
336

Memo
I/O device Bit Internal device Bit Communication device Bit Preservation device Bit Special device Bit( write available from 1025) Relay for step control Bit
Data register_Bit expression (D0000.0)

XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f) Timer device Bit Counter device Bit I/O device Internal device Communication device Preservation device
Special device( write available from 1025)

Relay for step control Data register


Analog data register XGK-CPUE : hh(0~1f)

Communication data register Index register_128 words

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W

Device type Format T C R ZR DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767

Memo
Timer current value register Counter current value register

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

337

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 V1.40 Date Mar/10/2011 Jun/19/2012 Description Added registers: P_Bit, M_Bit, L_Bit, K_Bitetc Change the way to read/write S_Bit.

338

PLC Connection Guide

LS Mecapion Metronix AnyPack


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 Options Notes LS Mecapion Metronix AnyPack

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B DW Device Type MX_L16bit MX_H16bit MD Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD Range 0 ~ 9999915 0 ~ 9999915 0 ~ 9999 Memo MD Low 16bit MD High 16bit

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 Terminal 6 TX 5 RX 11 GND 12 GND circuit

339

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 Terminal 6 TX 5 RX 11 GND 12 GND circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 Terminal 6 TX 5 RX 11 GND 12 GND circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 Terminal 6 TX 5 RX 11 GND 12 GND circuit

340

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 Terminal 6 TX 5 RX 11 GND 12 GND circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jul/1/2008 Description

341

PLC Connection Guide

Master-Slave Server
For more information, please refer to Users Manual CH28.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 115200 8 Even 1 0 0 Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 None,Even,Odd,Mark,Space 1,2 Notes Master-Slave Server

FOR MT500 HMI Setting:


Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Parameter 1 Recommended RS232 115200 8 Even 1 0 0 MT500 PLC ID Use PLCAddressView.exe to find PLC ID. 38400, 115200 Options Notes Master (Master-Slave Protocol)

342

PLC Connection Guide

To connect HMI with MT500, MT500 has to be set as [Slave].

PLC Setting:
Communication mode MT500 Multiple HMI set Slave.

343

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word MT500 B B W W Ms_RB Ms_LB Ms_RW Ms_LW MT8000 RW_Bit LB RW LW Range dddd: 0 ~ 4095 (h): 0 ~ f dddd:0 ~ 9999 ddddd:0 ~ 65535 dddd:0 ~ 9999 Memo

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/30/2008 Description Driver released.

344

PLC Connection Guide

MEGMEET MC Series
Supported Series: MEGMEET MC Series (Modbus RTU Protocol)

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended MEGMEET MC Series RS232 9600 8 Even 1 0 9600, 19200, 115200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-255 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B W DW W DW W W W DW W DW X Y M SM S T_Bit C_Bit D D_Double SD SD_Double Z T C C_Double R R_Double Format OOO OOO DDDDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD DDD DDD DD DDD DDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 306 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 7998 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 510 0 ~ 15 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 199 200 ~ 306 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32766
345

Memo 1200~01455 0000~0255 0000~0255 2000~2047 12000~20191 4400~4655 30000~30255 6000~7023 31000~34071 8000~8255 9200~9455 10000~10050 0000~7999 0000~7999 8000~8255 12000~12255 8000~8255 12000~12255 8500~8515 9000~9255 11000~11255 9500~9699 9700~10101 13000~45767 13000~45767

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MC Series COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MC Series COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MC Series COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

346

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MC Series COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND MC Series COM1 terminal TXD RXD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Nov/16/2012 Description Driver released.

347

PLC Connection Guide

MEIKONG Metro Safe Server


Supported Series: MEIKONG Metro Safe Server Website: http://www.xiemaowang.com/detail/2079110.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS4852W 9600 8 None 1 1 Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even,Odd,None 1,2 0~252 Notes MEIKONG Metro Safe Server

In COM Port Settings, the data read will be stored in 25 consecutive addresses start from [Data save address (LW)] as shown below. Data will be stored in LW-100 to LW-124.

348

PLC Connection Guide

Protocol:
Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Description AA E0 C5 (The first 3 bytes are fixed, which represents the start of the message.) Addressrange 0-252 Date-Year tens digit Date-Year unit digit Date-Month tens digit Date-Month unit digit Date-Day tens digit Date-Day unit digit Time-Hour tens digit Time -Hour unit digit Time -Minute Time -Minute tens digit unit digit

Time -Second tens digit Time -Second unit digit 1-Manual2-Automatic The number of slaves. The sequence number of slave. Slave status 1-Normal 2-Warning 3-Emergency 4-Disconnected Backup power1-normal2-abnormal voltage3- disconnect 4-short 00 00 EE BB(The last 4 bytes are fixed, which represents the end of the message.)

349

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following represents the view of HMI & PLC. [RS232] eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

350

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following represents the view of HMI & PLC. [RS485 4W] eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

351

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

352

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following represents the view of HMI & PLC. [RS485 2W] eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

353

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/24/2012 Description Driver released.

354

PLC Connection Guide

Memory Map
Memory Map protocol is similar to IBM 3764R communication protocol. EasyBuilder reserves 512 words of data memory to use with this protocol. EasyBuilder must update the values in these words. EasyBuilder uses these words to display data and control parts status on screen. When touch actions are taken, data is sent to the others once, and then update the memory in it. The HMI should always update the data memory.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Recommended Options Memory Map RS232 115200 8 Even 1 Even, Odd, None RS232, RS485 4W, 2W 9600~115200 RS232 default Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W Device type MB MW Format DDDDh DDDD Range 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 9999 Memo

MB and MW share the same data storage. MW 0 = MB 00000 ~ MB 0000f, MW 1 = MB 00010 ~ MB 0001f

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND HMI COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

355

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND HMI COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND HMI COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND HMI COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND HMI COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

356

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND HMI COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

357

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX4 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX4 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

358

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX4 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX4 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND HMI COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX4 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND

Note:
For Memory map information, please refer to Users Manual Chapter 31 Memory Map Communication.

359

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/19/2009 Description Driver released.

360

PLC Connection Guide

MIKOM MX Series PLC


Support series: MIKOM MX series PLC Web: http://www.mikom.com.cn/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS232 19200 Even 8 1 1 Options RS232/485/Ethernet 9600~115200 None,Even,Odd 8 1,2 0~31 YES Notes MIKOM MX Series PLC

PLC Setting:
PORT 0(RS232 Setting)

361

PLC Connection Guide

PORT 1(RS485 Setting)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W W W DW Device type Y X M SM S T C D SD Z T C U0 U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U7 C-32bit Format DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD Range 0~777 0~777 0~4095 0-511 0~1535 0~511 0~511 0~32767 0~511 0~255 0~511 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 0~199 200~511 Memo Output Relay Input Relay Auxiliary Relay Special Auxiliary Relay Step Relay Timer Relay Counter Relay Data Register Special Data Register Indexed Addressing Register Timer Counter Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register Special Module Register 32 Bit Counter

362

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

363

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/3/2012 Description Driver released.

364

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi A1S/A2N
Supported Series: Mitsubishi A1S/A2N Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Mitsubishi A1S/A2N RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M B F TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay

365

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Use the RS422 to RS232 PLC programming cable (shown as follows) MITSUBISHI AnS CPU

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

366

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Sep/18/2009 Description Driver released.

367

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi A2A/A2U/A2AS/A2USH
Supported Series: Mitsubishi A2A,A2U,A2AS,A2USH Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes Mitsubishi A2A/A2U/A2AS/A2USH

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M B F TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDD HHHH DDDDD DDD DDD DDDD HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay

368

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Use the RS422 to RS232 PLC programming cable (shown as follows) MITSUBISHI AnS CPU

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

369

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/12/2009 Description Driver released.

370

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi A2US
Supported Series: Mitsubishi A2US Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Mitsubishi A2US RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W Device type X Y M TV CV D Format HHHH HHHH DDDD DDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register

371

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Use the RS422 to RS232 PLC programming cable (shown as follows) MITSUBISHI AnS CPU

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

372

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/20/2009 Description Driver released.

373

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi A3A/A3N/A1SH/A2SH
Supported Series: Mitsubishi A3A,A3N,A1SH,A2SH Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Options Notes Mitsubishi A3A/A3N/A1SH/A2SH

Note: This driver is not available for On-line Simulation.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M B F TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay

374

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Use the RS422 to RS232 PLC programming cable (shown as follows) MITSUBISHI AnS CPU

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

375

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS PLC Programming Converter TX RX GND CTS RTS TX+ RX+ DTR+ GND TXRXDTRMitsubishi RS422 25P D-Sub Male 2 RX+ 3 TX+ 4 DSR+ 7 GND 15 RX16 TX17 DSR-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/20/2009 Description Driver released.

376

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi AJ71
Supported Series: Mitsubishi A series PLC with AJ71C24 communication module using the Computer Link protocol. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Mitsubishi AJ71 RS485 4W 19200 8 Even 1 0 Options Mitsubishi AJ71 (AnA/AnU CPU), Mitsubishi AJ71 (Format 4) RS485 4W, RS232 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Mode setting switch Parity check Sum check Computer Link protocol 9600, Even, 8, 1 (default) Format 1 Enable Enable

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B Device type X Y M L T C B F Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD
377

Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535

Memo Input Bits Output Bits Internal Relays

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W

Device type TV CV D W R

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535

Memo Timer Preset Value Counter Preset Value Data Registers

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. AJ71C24 RS422 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

378

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

379

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. A1SJ71UC24-R2 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

380

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

381

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 Date Nov/30/2012 Description

382

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi AJ71 (AnA/AnU CPU)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi AJ71 (AnA/AnU CPU) Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 4W 19200 8 Even 1 0 Options RS485 4W, RS232 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Notes Mitsubishi AJ71 (AnA/AnU CPU)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Mode setting switch Parity check Sum check Computer Link protocol 9600, Even, 8, 1 (default) Format 1 Enable Enable

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M T C B F L TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD
383

Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535

Memo Input Bits Output Bits Internal Relays

Timer Preset Value Counter Preset Value Data Registers

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

384

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

385

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

386

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

387

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/31/2011 Description Driver released.

388

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi AJ71 (Format 4)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi A series PLC with AJ71C24 communication module using the Computer Link protocol. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 4W 19200 8 Even 1 0 Options RS485 4W, RS232 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Notes Mitsubishi AJ71 (Format 4)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Mode setting switch Parity check Sum check Computer Link protocol 9600, Even, 8, 1 (default) Format 4 Enable Enable

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M T C B F TV CV D W R Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 Timer Preset Value Counter Preset Value Data Registers Memo Input Bits Output Bits Internal Relays

389

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

390

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND AJ71C24 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

391

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. A1SJ71UC24-R2 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

392

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

393

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/08/2010 Description

394

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi F930GOT Server


Supported Series: F930GOT general-purpose communication Type 1.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended F930GOT Server RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 9600, 115200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W Device type RB RW Format DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 65535 Memo

Note: In PLC name drop - down menu dont select F930GOT Server. Please select Local HMI, Device Type=RW.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Micro Computer Board RS232 Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

395

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Micro Computer Board RS232 Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Micro Computer Board RS232 Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Micro Computer Board RS232 Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Micro Computer Board RS232 Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

396

PLC Connection Guide

Protocol:
Read Command: PC HMI Read address 02 0

Size

CR

02 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 0D Read RW0 1 word (2 bytes) STX = 0x02, 0 = Read command, CR = 0x0D Read address (hexadecimal) 0 ~ FFFF = RW0 ~ 65535 Size (hexadecimal) 2 ~ FE = 2 ~ 254 bytes = 1 ~ 127 word. Size must be even. HMI PC (response) Data1 Data2 . CR 02 02 30 30 31 30 0D RW0 = 0x0010 = 16 Write Command: PC HMI Read address 02 1

Size

Data1

Data2

CR

02 31 30 30 30 30 30 32 12 Write RW0 = 0x1234 Read address (hexadecimal) 0 ~ FFFF = RW0 ~ 65535 Size (hexadecimal) 2 ~ FE = 2 ~ 254 bytes = 1 ~ 127 word. Size must be even. HMI PC (response) 06 ACK = 0x06

34 0D

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/14/2009 Description Driver released.
397

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX0S/FX0N/FX1S/FX1N/FX2
Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX0S/FX0N/FX1S/FX1N/FX2 PLC Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 4W 9600 7 Even 1 0 Options RS232/RS485 9600/19200/38400/57600/115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Notes Mitsubishi FX0S/FX0N/FX1S/FX1N/FX2

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode *[Send RESET when power on] selection is provided in PLC COM Port Settings. If enabled, PLC can be reset when HMI is powered ON.

398

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W DW W Device type X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 9999 200 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Timer Relay Counter Relay Special Aux. Relays Data Register Bit (D) States Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Counter Memory(D Word) Special Data Register

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

399

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

400

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable.. 9P D-Sub to 25P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Female 16 TXD3 TXD+ 15 RXD2 RXD+ 7 GND 4 DSR+ 8 GND 13 +5V 17 DSRCircuit Circuit

401

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Female 16 TXD3 TXD+ 15 RXD2 RXD+ 7 GND 4 DSR+ 8 GND 13 +5V 17 DSRCircuit Circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Female 16 TXD3 TXD+ 15 RXD2 RXD+ 7 GND 4 DSR+ 8 GND 13 +5V 17 DSRCircuit Circuit

402

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Female 16 TXD3 TXD+ 15 RXD2 RXD+ 7 GND 4 DSR+ 8 GND 13 +5V 17 DSRcircuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 Port 25P D-Sub Female 16 TXD3 TXD+ 15 RXD2 RXD+ 7 GND 4 DSR+ 8 GND 13 +5V 17 DSRcircuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Oct/26/2011 Description

403

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX232/485BD
Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX0N/FX2/FX2N COM for Communication Module BD FX2N-485-BD, FX2N-232-BD, FX1N-485-BD, FX1N-232-BD & FX3U-485ADP. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Notes in accordance with the BD module Mitsubishi FX232/485BD RS232/RS485 19200 7 Even 1 1 RS232/RS485 2w/4w 9600/19200/38400 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-15

Note: It is recommended to set turn around delay to 8. (For RS485 2W) Online simulator YES Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Must set PLC station when useing BD Module. Register D8120 setting: set b9 and b8 of BFM#0 to 0.

FX2N-485-BD, FX1N-485-BD

FX2N-232-BD, FX1N-232-BD

404

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B W W W W W W X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD R Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDh DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 0 ~ 7999f 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 7999 200 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Timer Relay Counter Relay Special Auxiliary Relay Data Register Bit State Relay Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Counter Memory(D Word) Special Data Register Extended Register

DDDDD 0 ~ 32767

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: Communication Module RS232BD eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

405

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

406

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Communication Module RS485BD: RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB SDA RDB RDA SG

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB SDA RDB RDA SG

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB SDA RDB RDA SG

407

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB SDA RDB RDA SG

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB SDA RDB RDA SG

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Communication Module RS485BD: RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB RDB SDA RDA SG circuit circuit

408

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Change RS485 terminal SDB RDB SDA RDA SG

circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND SDB RDB SDA RDA SG circuit circuit Change RS485 terminal

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB RDB SDA RDA SG circuit circuit

409

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND 485BD Module 5P Termanal SDB RDB SDA RDA SG circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 V1.50 Date Jul/26/2011 Sep/10/2012 Description Added registers: D_Bit and S. Added register: R.

410

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX2N
Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX2N series PLC Website http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended Mitsubishi FX2N RS485 4W 19200 7 Even 1 0 YES Extend address mode NO RS232/RS485 9600/19200/38400 /57600/115200 Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W DW W Device type X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 799915 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 7999 200 ~ 255 Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Timer Relay Counter Relay Data Register Bit (D) State Relay (S) Timer Memory Counter Memory Data Register Counter Memory(D Word)

8000 ~ 9999 Special Auxiliary Relay

8000 ~ 9999 Special Data Register


411

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

412

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 Date Sep/10/2009 Description

413

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX2N-10GM/20GM
Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX2N -10GM/20GM PLC. Website http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 4W 9600 8 Even 1 0 YES Extend address mode NO Options Notes Mitsubishi FX2N-10GM/20GM

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W W W W DW Device type X Y M SM X_W Y_W M_W SM_W D SD V Z Format OOO OOO DDD DDDD OOO OOO DDD DDDD DDDD DDDD D D Range 0 ~ 103 0 ~ 103 0 ~ 511 9000 ~ 9175 0 ~ 103 0 ~ 103 0 ~ 511 9000 ~ 9175 0 ~ 6999 9000 ~ 9599 0~7 0~7 Data Register Special Data Register Index register Index register Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Special Auxiliary Relay

414

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

415

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/30/2013 Description Driver released.

416

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX3U (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX SERIES, Module: FX3U-ENET. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 5001(default) 0 (default) Refer to Module Setting Refer to Module Setting Options Notes Mitsubishi FX3U (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
Fx3u-ENET module setting: Before using Ethernet module, use GX Developer / FX Configurator-EN to set the Ethernet module, the FX3u-ENET module setting steps are shown below. Step1. Open GX Developer, select Read from PLC in Online list.

417

PLC Connection Guide

Step2. Select FXCPU in PLC series.

Step3. Connect PLC via serial port for setting IP address first.

418

PLC Connection Guide

Step4. After finishing the PLC settings, select Tools/FX special function utility/FX Configurator-EN.

Step5. Select Module 0 in Ethernet Module settings. (If more than one module needed, please set modules step by step)

419

PLC Connection Guide

Step6. In Ethernet operational settings, select the related parameters and IP address and then press End to finish setting.

Step7. In Ethernet open settings, press End after setting the parameters below.

(The first Protocol means using GX Developer to communicate with module, the max. Fixed buffer communication preocedure is 4 units.)

420

PLC Connection Guide

Or

421

PLC Connection Guide

Step8. After setting the parameters of PLC, restart for Ethernet communication.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD R Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDDdd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 571 0 ~ 571 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 255 8000 ~ 8511 0 ~ 1799915 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 7999 200 ~255 8000 ~ 8511 0 ~ 32767 Memo Input Output Relay Internal Relay Timer Contacts Counter Contacts Special Int. Relays Data Register Bit Access Step Relays Timer Value Counter Value Data Registers Counter Value Special Data Registers File Register

422

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Feb/12/2009 Description Driver released.

423

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi FX3U/FX3G
Supported Series: Mitsubishi FX3U/FX3UC/FX3G. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 4w 38400 7 Even 1 0
Does not apply to this protocol

Options RS232/RS485 2w/4w 9600/19200

Notes

Mitsubishi FX3U/FX3G

YES (9600 baud rate only) Extend address mode NO

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B W W W DW W W W X Y M T C SM D_Bit S TV CV D CV2 SD R Z Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD DDDDD D Range 0 ~ 764 0 ~ 764 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 0 ~ 799915 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 7999 200 ~ 255 8000 ~ 9999 0 ~ 32767 0~7
424

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Auxiliary Relay Timer Relay (T) Counter Relay (C) Special Relay (M) Data Register Bit (D) State Relay (S) Timer Memory (T) Counter Memory (C) Data Register (D) Counter Memory(D Word) Special Data Register (D) Extended Register (R) Index register

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

425

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS422 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.71 Date Nov/15/2010 Description

426

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - ASCII Mode (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q series (Q03UDE, Q04UDEH, Q06UDEH, Q10UDEH, Q13UDEH, Q20UDEH, Q26UDEH), Mitsubishi L series(L02, L26-BT), MELSEC-Q/L protocol application to CPU of Ethernet interface or Ethernet module. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Parameter 1 PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Notes Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - ASCII Mode (Ethernet) Ethernet Set identically to the PLC setting Networking no. (Set identically to PLC setting) Set identically to the PLC setting 0~255 255 Adviced to set port no. to 4999 Q13UDEH has to be set to 0 Q13UDEH has to be set to 255

PLC Setting:
MITSUBISHI Q/L series Ethernet module setting: Note: If using QJ71E71 module, please refer to MITSUBISHI QJ71E71 connection guide.

427

PLC Connection Guide

1. Click [PLC parameter]. 2. [Built-in Ethernet port]. 3. Click [Open settings] and then set the IP address and communication data code 4. Set the MC protocol-TCP Port No.1387 (Hex) and in EasyBuilder, TCP port is 4999 (Dec).

428

PLC Connection Guide

*If not using an ethernet module, skip the following settings. Note: In EasyBuilder, please fill in [Network No.] in Parameter 1 as PLC setting. For example below, the Network No. is 2.

Set to 2 for Parameter 1 in EasyBuilder.

PLC Network No.

429

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W Device type SM X Y M L F V B TS TC SS SC CS CC SB S DX DY D_Bit SD_bit ZR_bit R_bit SW_bit W_bit SD D W TN SN CN SW Z R ZR Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDDDh DDDDh DDDDDDh DDDDDh HHHh HHHHHHh DDDD DDDDDD HHHHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHH DD DDDDD DDDDDD Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ efff 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 999999f 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 999999f 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 3fd7fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 999999 0 ~ 3fd7ff 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 20 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 999999
430

Memo Special Relay Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Contact Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Retentive Timer Coil Counter Contact Counter Coil Special Link Relay Step relay Direct Input Direct Output Data Register bit Special register Bit File Register Bit File Register Bit Special Link Register Bit Link Register Bit Special register Data Register Link Register Timer Current value Retentive Timer Current value Counter Current value Special Link Register Index Register File Register File Register

PLC Connection Guide

Note: Each model of CPU is different, it is recommended to refer to MITSUBISHI MELSEC-Q Manual Device List.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jul/10/2012 Description Driver released.

431

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - Binary Mode (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q series (Q03UDE, Q04UDEH, Q06UDEH, Q10UDEH, Q13UDEH, Q20UDEH, Q26UDEH), Mitsubishi L series(L02, L26-BT), MELSEC-Q/L protocol application to CPU of Ethernet interface or Ethernet module. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Parameter 1 PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Notes Mitsubishi MELSEC-Q/L - Binary Mode (Ethernet) Ethernet Set identically to the PLC setting Networking no. (Set identically to PLC setting) Set identically to the PLC setting 0~255 255 Adviced to set port no. to 4999 Q13UDEH has to be set to 0 Q13UDEH has to be set to 255

PLC Setting:
MITSUBISHI Q/L series Ethernet module setting: Note: If using QJ71E71 module, please refer to MITSUBISHI QJ71E71 connection guide.

432

PLC Connection Guide

1. Click [PLC parameter]. 2. [Built-in Ethernet port]. 3. Click [Open settings] and then set the IP address and communication data code 4. Set the MC protocol-TCP Port No.1387 (Hex) and in EasyBuilder, TCP port is 4999 (Dec). *If not using an ethernet module, skip the following settings. Note: In EasyBuilder, please fill in [Network No.] in Parameter 1 as PLC setting. For example below, the Network No. is 2.

433

PLC Connection Guide

Set to 2 for Parameter 1 in EasyBuilder.

PLC Network No.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B Device type SM X Y M L F V B TS TC SS SC CS CC SB S DX DY D_Bit SD_bit ZR_bit Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDh HHHHHHh Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ efff 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047f 0 ~ 3fd7fff
434

Memo
Special Relay Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Contact Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Retentive Timer Coil Counter Contact Counter Coil Special Link Relay Step relay Direct Input Direct Output Data Register bit Special register Bit File Register Bit

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4184063f

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W W W W W

Device type R_bit SW_bit W_bit SD D W TN SN CN SW Z R ZR

Format DDDDDh HHHh HHHHHHh DDDD DDDDDDD HHHHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHH DD DDDDD HHHHHH

Range 0 ~ 32767f 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 3fd7fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 4184063 0 ~ 3fd7ff 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 20 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 3fd7ff

Memo
File Register Bit Special Link Register Bit Link Register Bit Special register Data Register Link Register Timer Current value Retentive Timer Current value Counter Current value Special Link Register Index Register File Register File Register

Note: Each model of CPU is different, it is recommended to refer to MITSUBISHI MELSEC-Q Manual Device List.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

435

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Jan/14/2011 Description

436

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi MR J3 A
Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Parity Data bits Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Mitsubishi MR J3 A RS485 4W 9600 Even 8 1 0 0~31 RS232/RS485 9600~115200 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Device type EIP EOP PA PB PC PD Status Alarm Alarm_T Mode Speed Acc Rotation End M_dist Rot_P P_start Format DD DD DD DD DD DD DD D D D D D D D D D D Range 0 ~ 31 0 ~ 31 1 ~ 19 1 ~ 45 1 ~ 50 1 ~ 30 0 ~ 17 0~6 0~6 1~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Memo
External input pin status read** External output pin status read** Basic Setting Gain / Filter Setting Extension Setting Input / Output Setting Amplifier Status Alarm Alarm Time (Hour) Write Only, Mode Setting* Write Only, Set Current Speed * Write Only, Set Acceleration* Write Only, Rotation Direction* Write Only, End* Write Only, Moving Distance* Write Only, Rotation Position* Write Only, Start Positioning*

Note: 1.* represents the write-only registers. The usage of this kind of registers is to run Jog Mode and Positioning Mode. 2.** represents the read-only registers.
437

PLC Connection Guide

EIP:

EOP:

438

PLC Connection Guide

How to use EasyBuilder8000/Easy BuilderPro to run Jog and Positioning Mode *Jog Mode To run Jog Mode, please follow the steps listed sequentially: (1) Set Jog Mode (2) Set rotation speed (3) Set acceleration (4) Set forward / reverse rotation direction (5) End The following shows how to run the steps above using Macro in EasyBuilder8000/Easy BuilderPro.

On the editing window of EasyBuilder8000/Easy BuilderPro, the write address of speed is set to Local HMI LW0 (the address can be user-defined), and set Acc (Acceleration) to LW1. To run Jog Mode, the communication with the device must be continuous which only allows an interval less than 0.5 seconds, otherwise the motor will be locked. Therefore, in this example, only one register PA_1 is set to read device value. Macro Demonstration: a. Start Macro macro_command main() short speed short acc short mode mode = 1 // This represents Jog Mode. SetData(mode, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Mode, 1, 1) // Set driver mode to Jog. GetData(speed, "Local HMI", LW, 0, 1) // Save LW0 value to speed. SetData(speed, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Speed, 0, 1) // Set motor operating speed.
439

PLC Connection Guide

GetData(acc, "Local HMI", LW, 1, 1) // SetData(acc, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Acc, 0, 1) // Set motor acceleration. short motion motion = 0x0801

// Special code, see Note 1.

SetData(motion, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Rotation, 0, 1) // Rotate. end macro_command Note 1. Original Factory Manual:

b. End Macro macro_command main() short stop stop = 1 // See Note 2. SetData(stop, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", End, 1, 1) end macro_command Note 2. Original Factory Manual:

440

PLC Connection Guide

*Positioning Mode

On the editing window of EasyBuilder8000/Easy BuilderPro, the write address of Speed is set to Local HMI LW2 (the address can be user-defined), and set Acc (Acceleration) to LW3, Move distance to LW4 (DW format). Macro Demonstration: macro_command main() short mode mode = 0x2 // Positioning Mode SetData(mode, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Mode, 1, 1) short speed GetData(speed, "Local HMI", LW, 2, 1) SetData(speed, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Speed, 0, 1) short acc GetData(acc, "Local HMI", LW, 3, 1) SetData(acc, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Acc, 0, 1) short dist GetData(dist, "Local HMI", LW, 4, 1) SetData(dist, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", M_dist, 0, 1) short rot_P rot_P = 1 // Set to 0: Forward Rotation 1: Reverse Rotation SetData(rot_P, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Rot_P, 0, 1) short rotat rotat = 1 // See Note 3.
441

PLC Connection Guide

SetData(rotat, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", Rotation, 0, 1) SetData(rot_P, "MITSUBISHI MR J3 A", P_start, 0, 1) // Start Positioning. end macro_command Note 3. Original Factory Manual

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CN3 RS485 4W RJ45 Male 4 TX5 TX+ 6 RX3 RX+ 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND CN3 RS485 4W RJ45 Male 4 TX5 TX+ 6 RX3 RX+ 7 GND

442

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CN3 RS485 4W RJ45 Male 4 TX5 TX+ 6 RX3 RX+ 7 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CN3 RS485 4W RJ45 Male 4 TX5 TX+ 6 RX3 RX+ 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CN3 RS485 4W RJ45 Male 4 TX5 TX+ 6 RX3 RX+ 7 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Sep/01/2011 Jan/13/2012 Description Driver released. Added register: EIP and EOP.
443

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi MR-MQ100 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi MR-MQ100-Ethernet Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Parameter1 PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet Set identically to the PLC setting 1 255 Adviced to set port no. to 4999 Network No. Options Notes Mitsubishi MR-MQ100 (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:

444

PLC Connection Guide

1. Click [Basic Setting]. 2. [Built-in Ethernet Port Setting]. 3. Click [Open Setting] and then set the IP address and communication data code. 4. Set the MC Protocol-TCP Port No. (Hex)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W Device type SM X Y M F B D_Bit SD D W # Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDDDDh DDDD DDDDDDD HHHHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ 2255 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ efff 0 ~ 4184063f 0 ~ 2255 0 ~ 4184063 0 ~ 3fd7ff 0 ~ 12287 Special Register Data Register Link Register Motion Register Memo Special Relay Input Output Internal Relay Annunciator Link Relay

Note: ddd: Decimal, hhh: Hexadecimal, ooo: Octal.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

445

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jun/08/2011 Description Added register: D_Bit

446

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q00/Q00UJ/Q01/QJ71
Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q series PLC with QJ71C24 communication module, Q00, Q00J, Q00UJ, Q01, Q02H, Q06H, Q12H, Q25H, Q12PH, Q25PH CPU port. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 Yes Extend address mode NO Options RS485 4W, RS232 9600~115200 Notes Mitsubishi Q00/Q00UJ/Q01/QJ71

PLC Setting:
Q00, Q01 CPU port setting: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. In GX Developer PLC data list click [PLC parameter]. In PLC parameter go to [Serial] page. Select [Use serial communication]. Set [Transmission speed] to 9600~115200. Select [Sum check]. Set [Transmission wait time] to 10ms.

7. Permit [RUN write setting]. 8. Click [End] to close the dialog. 9. Write the PLC Parameter to PLC. 10. Reset PLC, the parameter will be actived.

447

PLC Connection Guide

QJ71 setting:

448

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W X Y M L F V B TC SS SC CS CC SB S DX DY TS SM D_Bit W TN SN CN R SW Z ZR D SD Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHHH DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDD DDDD HHHH DDDD DDDD DDDD FFDDDDD HHH DD HHHHH DDDDDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 3132767 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 15 0 ~ fe7a5 0 ~ 1042341 0 ~ 4212735 0 ~ 2047 Data Register Link Register Timer Current Value
Retentive Timer Current Value

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Retentive Timer Coil Counter Contact Counter Coil Special Link Relay Step Relay Direct Input Direct Output Timer Contact

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f

Counter Current Value File Register (FF:File No. 0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767) Special Link Register Index Register File Register

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDDDD

449

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

450

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.2 RS422 Terminal SDB SDA RDB RDA GND

451

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. QJ71C24 CH.2 RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

452

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

453

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND QJ71C24 CH.1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN: Q00, Q01 CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

454

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

455

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN: Q00UJ CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

456

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 V1.90 V2.00 Date Jun/08/2011 Sep/23/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register: D_Bit Fixed bit communication incorrect. Added register: ZR_decimal_addr. Supports extended address range of device types M,D,R,ZR.

457

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q00J
Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q00J CPU

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator NO Extend address mode NO Recommended Mitsubishi Q00J RS232 115200 8 Odd 1 9600,19200,38400, 57600,115200 CPU port Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W Device type SM X Y M L F V B SB D_Bit SD D W SW Format DDDD HHH HHH DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHH HHH DDDD DDDDDDD HHH HHH Range 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 3ff 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 4212735 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 3ff
458

Memo

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W

Device type Z C T

Format D DDD DDD

Range 0~9 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 511

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN: Q00 CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

459

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND

MT8-Mitsubishi-Q-3M cable can connect MT8000 with Mitsubishi Q series directly.

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.30 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M , D.

460

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q00U/Q01U/Q02U/QnUD/QnUDH
Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q00U, Q01U, Q02U, Q03UD, Q04UDH, Q06UDH, Q10UDH, Q13UDH, Q20UDH, Q26UDH, Q00UJ CPU.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 115200 8 Odd 1 No NO Extend address mode NO Options RS485 4W, RS232 115200 only Notes
CPU port direct connect 9600,19200,38400,57600,115200 For Q00UJ, only 9600 is available Mitsubishi Q00U/Q01U/Q02U/QnUD/QnUDH

Online simulator

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W SM X Y M L F V B SB TC CC D_Bit SD D W SW Z Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDDDDD HHHHHH HHHH DD Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 4212735 0 ~ 4047ff 0 ~ 6dff 0 ~ 19
461

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Special Link Relay Timer Coil Counter Coil

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f Data Register Link Register Special Link Register Index Register

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W R ZR C T

Format FFDDDDD HHHHHH DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 3132767 0 ~ fe7ff 0 ~ 1042341 0 ~ 25471 0 ~ 25471

Memo File Register (FF:File No. 0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767) File Register Counter Current Value Timer Current Value

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDDDD

Note:
EasyBuilder doesnt support MITSUBISHI Q02U CPU to do on-line simulation on PC. When using Q02U driver, HMI needs 10 seconds to initiate PLC Q02U driver. Before the completion of initiation, it is recommended not to write data to PLC, this could cause PLC no response Incorrect wiring or data could cause PLC to be locked. If PLC is locked, please restart PLC or reinstall PLC module.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN: Q02 CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

462

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

463

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 V2.10 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/21/2012 Description Added register D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M,D,R,ZR.

464

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q00UJ/QnU/QnUD/QnUDH/QnUDEH/L (mini USB)


Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q00UJ, Q00U, Q01U, Q02U, Q03UDE, Q03UD, Q04UDEH, Q04UDH, Q06UDEH, Q06UDH, Q10UDEH, Q10UDH, Q13UDEH, Q13UDH, Q20UDEH, Q20UDH, Q26UDEH, Q26UDH, L02, L26-BT USB Port.

HMI Setting:
Parameters Recommended PLC type PLC I/F USB Options Notes
CPU port direct connect Mitsubishi Q00UJ/QnU/QnUD/QnUDH/QnUDEH/L (mini USB)

* X Series HMI not supported

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W Device type SM X Y M L F V B SB D_Bit SD D W SW Z R ZR C T Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHHH HHH DDDD DDDDDDD HHHH HHH DD FFDDDDD HHHH DDDD DDDD
465

Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 4212735 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 19 0 ~ 132767 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 2047

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Special Link Relay

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f Data Register Link Register Special Link Register Index Register
File Register (FF:File No. 0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767)

File Register Counter Current Value Timer Current Value

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDD

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
EasyBuilder doesnt support MITSUBISHI Q02U CPU to do on-line simulation on PC. When using Q02U driver, HMI needs 10 seconds to initiate PLC Q02U driver. Before the completion of initiation, it is recommended not to write data to PLC, this could cause PLC no response Incorrect wiring or data could cause PLC to be locked. If PLC is locked, please restart PLC or reinstall PLC module.

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 V1.50 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M,D,R,ZR.

466

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q02/02H
Supported Series; Mitsubishi Q02/Q02H CPU port. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Broadcast command Recommended Mitsubishi Q02/02H RS232 115200 8 Odd 1 0 YES NO Extend address mode NO RS485 4W, RS232 115200 only Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B B B B X Y M L F V B TC SS SC CS CC Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD
467

Range 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Retentive Timer Coil Counter Contact Counter Coil

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W SB S DX DY TS D_Bit W TN SN CN R SW Z ZR D

Format HHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD FFDDDDD HHH DD HHHHH DDDDDDD

Range 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 657f 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 3132767 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 15 0 ~ fe7ff 0 ~ 1042431 0 ~ 4212735

Memo Special Link Relay Step Relay Direct Input Direct Output Timer Contact Link Register Timer Current Value
Retentive Timer Current Value

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f

Counter Current Value


File Register (FF:File No. 0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767)

Special Link Register Index Register File Register Data Register

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDDDD

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN: Q02 CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

468

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

469

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 V1.80 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M,D,R,ZR.

470

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi Q06H
Supported Series: Mitsubishi Q06H CPU port. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended Mitsubishi Q06H RS232 115200 8 Odd 1 0 YES Extend address mode NO RS485 4W, RS232 115200 only Options Notes

Broadcast command NO *Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B B Device type X Y M L F V B TC SS SC CS CC Format HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD
471

Range 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 7fff 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Timer Coil Retentive Counter Contact Counter Coil

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W

Device type SB S DX DY TS D_Bit W TN SN CN R SW Z ZR D

Format HHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDD DDDDDDDh HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD FFDDDDD HHH DD HHHHH DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 4212735f 0 ~ 657f 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 23087 0 ~ 3132767 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 15 0 ~ fe7ff 0 ~ 1042431 0 ~ 25983

Memo Special Link Relay Step Relay Direct Input Direct Output Timer Contact Link Register Timer Current Value Retentive Timer Current Value Counter Current File Register (FF:File No. Value
0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767)

Special Link Register Index Register File Register Data Register

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDDDD

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 6P Mini-DIN : Q02 CPU port RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

472

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

473

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 6P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 4 RXD 5 GND 1 RTS 6 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.60 V1.80 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M,D,R,ZR.

474

PLC Connection Guide

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 (Ethernet)


Supported Series ; Mitsubishi Q type, MELSEC-Q series PLC (Q00J, Q00, Q01, Q02, Q02H, Q06H, Q12H, Q25H, Q12PH, Q25PH) QJ71E71-100 Ethernet module. Website: http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 5002 2 1~99 Options Notes Mitsubishi QJ71E71 (Ethernet)

Note: MITSUBISHI QJ71E71 only supports PLC Network No. 1. If PLC Network No. is not 1, please use MISTSUBISHI MELSEC-Q(Ethernet) driver and fill in the Network No. in Parameter 1. Please refer to MISTSUBISHI MELSEC-Q(Ethernet) for further information.

PLC Setting:
QJ71E71-100 Ethernet module settings: 1. Use USB or RS232 of Q-CPU for setting PLC parameters.

475

PLC Connection Guide

2.

Click [Operational settings] to set IP information.

476

PLC Connection Guide

3.

Select Ethernet (2.0) for communicating with HMI.

4.

Click [Open settings] to set the system.

477

PLC Connection Guide

5.

Press [END] to finish settings.

6.

Restart PLC software and select [READ FROM PLC], select [QCPU(Qmode)] and press [OK].

7.

In [PC side I/F Ethernet board setting] set Network No. and Station No. (Station No.1 is PC Station No. not Ethernet module Station No., ranged from 2~64, the Network No. can not be the same as that of PC)

478

PLC Connection Guide

8.

Select Ethernet module in PLC Side I/F to set QJ71E71 IP address.(IP address = Network Parameter IP address)

9.

For Other station , click [ Other station(Single network) ] for setting [Check at communication time] and [Retry times].

10. After finishing the settings above, click [Connection test] for testing the communication and sending the PLC program.

479

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W SM X Y M L F V B TS TC SS SC CS CC SB S DX DY D_Bit SD D W TN SN CN SW Z R ZR Format DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHHH DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD HHH DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDD DDDDDDD HHHH DDDD DDDD DDDD HHH DD FFDDDDD HHHHH Range 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 61439 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 4212735 0 ~ 1fff 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 2047 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 7ff 0 ~ 15 0 ~ 3132767 0 ~ fe7ff 0 ~ 1042341 Data Register Link Register Timer Current Value
Retentive Timer Current Value

Memo Input Relay Output Relay Internal Relay Latch Relay Annunciator Edge Relay Link Relay Timer Contact Timer Coil Retentive Timer Contact Retentive Timer Coil Counter Contact Counter Coil Special Link Relay Step Relay Direct Input Direct Output

DDDDDDDh 0 ~ 4212735f

Counter Current Value Special Link Register Index Register


File Register (FF:File No. 0~31) (DDDDD:0~32767)

File Register

ZR_decimal_addr DDDDDDD

480

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V2.20 V2.30 Date Jun/08/2011 Nov/12/2012 Description Added register: D_bit Supports extended address range of device types M,D,Z,ZR.

481

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS ASCII
Supported Series: MODBUS ASCII CONTROLLER Website: http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended MODBUS ASCII RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES RS232/RS485 9600/19200/38400/ 57600/115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Broadcast command YES Options Notes

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus ASCII protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W W W 1x 0x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 3x 4x 6x Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Input bit (read only) Output bit Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Input Register (read only) Output Register

482

PLC Connection Guide

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input 3x 0x04 Read input register 4x 0x03 Read holding register 3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 0x05 write single coil N/A for write operation N/A for write operation 0x10 write multiple registers

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Modbus ASCII Controller : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

483

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

484

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Modbus ASCII Controller : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

485

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Modbus ASCII Controller : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

486

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

487

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

488

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS ASCII Server


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS232 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES Options RS232, RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1 1-31 HMI Modbus Station No. Extend address mode NO Notes MODBUS ASCII Server

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus ASCII protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W W Device type LB LW RW Format dddd dddd ddddd Range 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 55536 Memo Mapping to 0x/1x 1 ~ 9999 Mapping to 3x/4x 1 ~ 9999 Mapping to 3x/4x 10000 ~ 65536

LB0 = 0x0001, LB1 = 0x0002, LW0 = 3x0001, LW1 = 3x0002 Modbus RTU Server doesnt support function code 06(preset single register), please use function code 16(0x10, preset multiple registers). Modbus Server Function Code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input 3x 0x04 Read input register 4x 0x03 Read holding register

0x05 write single coil 0x0f write multiple coils N/A for write operation N/A for write operation 0x10 write multiple registers
489

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

490

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

491

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

492

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

493

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

Note: Setting more than one Modbus ASCII Server in HMI Device List is of no effect.

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Feb/19/2009 Description Driver released

494

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS RTU
Supported Series : MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER Website : http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended MODBUS RTU RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255 Broadcast command YES Options Notes

Extend address mode YES

[Address Range Limit] The address range of 0x, 1x, and 0x_multi_coils device types can be set. [Conversion] The 3x_Double and 4x_Double address types are added. If [ABCD ->CDAB] check box is selected, please select 3x_Double and 4x_Double address types.

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

495

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W W 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write Output Register

DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515 DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515

6x_Bit DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 1 ~ 65535 3x 4x 5x 6x 4x_32Bit* DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535

4x_32Bit will only read / write 2 words for each package, for continuous addresses, it will be divided into several packages.

NOTE:
Address type 5x is mapping to Hold Reg. The communication protocol of 5x is almost the same as 4x except that 5x swaps double word. If 4x contains the following information: Address Data in word Data For 5x, it will be: Address Data in word Data 1 0x2 2 0x1 3 0x4 4 0x3 5 0x6 6 0x5 ... 1 0x1 2 0x2 3 0x3 4 0x4 5 0x5 6 0x6 ...

0x20001

0x40003

0x60005

0x10002

0x30004

0x50006

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x05 write single coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 0x0f write multiple coils 1x 0x02 Read discrete input N/A for write operation 3x 0x04 Read input register N/A for write operation 4x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 write multiple registers 5x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 write multiple registers (Note: reverse word order in double word format)
496

PLC Connection Guide

3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 6x 0x03 Read holding register 0x06 write single register (Note: 6x is limited to device of one word only)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

497

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub FeMale TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

498

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

499

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

500

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

501

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.90 Date May/05/2010 Description Fixed when receiving data over 8 bytes from MODBUS RTU, LW-9570 fails to calculate correctly.

502

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS RTU (0x/1x Range Adjustable)


Supported Series : MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER Website : http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Extend address mode Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES YES Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Notes MODBUS RTU (0x/1x Range Adjustable)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W W 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write Output Register

6x_Bit DDDDDdd 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 3x 4x 5x 6x 4x_32Bit* DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

4x_32Bit will only read / write 2 words for each package, for continuous addresses, it will be divided into several packages.
503

PLC Connection Guide

NOTE:
Address type 5x is mapping to Hold Reg. The communication protocol of 5x is almost the same as 4x except that 5x swaps double words. If 4x contains the following information: Address Data in word Data 1 0x1 2 0x2 3 0x3 4 0x4 5 0x5 6 0x6 ...

0x20001

0x40003

0x60005

For 5x, it will be: Address Data in word Data 1 0x2 2 0x1 3 0x4 4 0x3 5 0x6 6 0x5 ...

0x10002

0x30004

0x50006

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input

0x05 Write single coil 0x0f Write multiple coils N/A for writing operation

3x 0x04 Read input register N/A for writing operation 4x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers 5x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers (Note: reverse word order in double words format) 3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 6x 0x03 Read holding register 0x06 Write single register (Note: 6x is limited to device of one word only)

504

PLC Connection Guide

Setting Instructions:
1. Go to [System Parameter Settings] click [New] to add a new device -Modbus

RTU (0x 1x range adjustable)as shown below:

2.

After adding Modbus RTU (0x 1x Range Adjustable) driver, [Add Address Range Limit] button will be enabled as below. Users can set maximum read/write command size here. Max.read-command size (words): Pull down to select PLC reading range.

Max.write-command size (words): Pull down to select PLC writing range.

Note: Setting [Add Address Range Limit] is enabled only when bit address is not a multiple of 16bit.

505

PLC Connection Guide

3.

Click [Add Address Range Limit] button, Users can define 0x , 1x and 0x_multi_coils address range in [0x 1x Address Range] dialog box, referring to bit range of the device used.

506

PLC Connection Guide

AddSet [Station No.], [Device Type], [Min. Address], [Max. Address] then click [OK] to finish adding as below:

DeleteThe selected items will be deleted. SettingsSet [Station No.], [Device Type], [Min. Address], [Max. Address] then click [OK] to finish adding as below:

Example Take D2 and D8 of SCON as example, the settings depend on bit range of different PLC types. Set [Station No.] and address first. For D2, set [Station No.] to 20, [Device Type] 0x, [Max. Address] 36. For D8, set [Station No.] to 2, [Device Type] 0x, [Max. Address] 51.

507

PLC Connection Guide

Note: If communicating with a RS-485 2W PLC, the [Turn around delay] setting may need to be adjusted according to the reply speed of the device. Please click [Settings] in [Device Properties], and set the [Turn around delay (ms)] parameter as shown:

After completing all settings above, the communication is enabled.

508

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

509

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

510

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

511

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

512

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 V1.20 Date Aug/25/2010 Mar/2/2012
Allow modifying the Minimum address of 0x 1x Address Range.

Description

513

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS RTU (Adjustable)


Supported Series : MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER Website : http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Extend address mode Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES YES Options RS232/RS485 9600/19200/3840 0/57600/115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Notes MODBUS RTU (Adjustable)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W DW W 0x 1x 3x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535
514

Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x double word 4x single word write

4x_Bit DDDDDdd 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 3x 4x 5x 5x (32-bit) 6x DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

PLC Connection Guide

NOTE:
Address type 5x is mapping to Hold Reg. The communication protocol of 5x is almost the same as 4x except that 5x swaps double words. If 4x contains the following information: Address Data in word Data 1 0x1 2 0x2 3 0x3 4 0x4 5 0x5 6 0x6 ...

0x20001

0x40003

0x60005

For 5x, it will be: Address Data in word Data 1 0x2 2 0x1 3 0x4 4 0x3 5 0x6 6 0x5 ...

0x10002

0x30004

0x50006

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input

0x05 Write single coil 0x0f Write multiple coils N/A for writing operation

3x 0x04 Read input register N/A for writing operation 4x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers 5x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers (Note: reverse word order in double words format) 3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 6x 0x03 Read holding register 0x06 Write single register (Note: 6x is limited to device of one word only)

515

PLC Connection Guide

Setting Instructions:
1. Go to [System Parameter Settings] RTU (Adjustable)as shown below: click [New] to add a new device - MODBUS

2.

After adding MODBUS RTU (Adjustable) driver, [Add Address Range Limit] button will be enabled as below. Users can set maximum read/write command size here. Max.read-command size (words): Pull down to select PLC reading range.

Max.write-command size (words): Pull down to select PLC writing range.

516

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
MODBUS RTU (adjustable) usage Users can decide the address range via setting value on Parameter 1. For example, when users set 5 to Parameter 1, the address range will be 5 ~ 65535.

517

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

518

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

519

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

520

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

521

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Jun/14/2011 Description

522

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS RTU (zero-based addressing)


Supported Series : MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER Website : http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Broadcast command YES Notes
MODBUS RTU (zero-based addressing)

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W DW W 0x 1x 3x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

4x_Bit DDDDDdd 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 3x 4x 5x 6x DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

523

PLC Connection Guide

NOTE:
Address type 5x is mapping to Hold Reg. The communication protocol of 5x is almost the same as 4x except that 5x swaps double words. If 4x contains the following information: Address Data in word Data For 5x, it will be: Address Data in word Data 1 0x2 2 0x1 3 0x4 4 0x3 5 0x6 6 0x5 ... 1 0x1 2 0x2 3 0x3 4 0x4 5 0x5 6 0x6 ...

0x20001

0x40003

0x60005

0x10002

0x30004

0x50006

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input 3x 0x04 Read input register 4x 0x03 Read holding register

0x05 write single coil 0x0f write multiple coils N/A for write operation N/A for write operation 0x10 write multiple registers

5x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 write multiple registers (Note: reverse word order in double word format) 3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 6x 0x03 Read holding register 0x06 write single register (Note: 6x is limited to device of one word only)

524

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

525

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

526

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

527

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

528

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Aug/26/2009 Description

529

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS Server (COM/Ethernet)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Port no. Online simulator YES Recommended RS232 9600 8 Even 1 1 Options RS232, RS485 9600~115200 Ethernet 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1-31 502 Extend address mode NO HMI Modbus Station No. Ethernet supports UDP or TCP/IP protocol Notes MODBUS Server (COM/Ethernet)

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Modbus Server UDP Protocol Setting:


MODBUS Server (Ethernet) supports UDP communication protocol. To use UDP mode, go to [System Parameter Settings] in editing software, in [Device list] click [New], for [PLC type] select Modbus Server, [PLC I/F] set to [Ethernet], and select [Use UDP (User Datagram Protocol)] to finish setting.

530

PLC Connection Guide

Modbus Server Port No. can be changed by clicking [Settings]. Modbus Server Port No. can not be set identically to HMI Port No. When doing so, the warning message below will be shown requesting users to change setting.

Note: A maximum of 64 Clients can be connected simultaneously. Modbus Server Port No. cant be identical to HMI Port No.

531

PLC Connection Guide

Modbus Server TCP/IP Protocol Setting:


MODBUS Server (Ethernet) supports TCP/IP communication protocol. Go to [System Parameter Settings] in editing software, in [Device list] click [New], for [PLC type] select Modbus Server, [PLC I/F] set to [Ethernet] to finish setting.

For Modbus Server TCP/IP, HMI Port No. is the same as Modbus Server Port No. To change Prot No. go to [System Parameter Settings] / [Model], the default Port No. is 8000, and it is allowed to change Modbus Server Port No. here.

532

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS TCP/IP Gateway:


By adding MODBUS Server with [Ethernet] interface, the [MODBUS TCP/IP Gateway] feature can be enabled by selecting the [Enable] check box.

Note the following two points when enabling the [MODBUS TCP/IP Gateway]: a. The original mapping between the MODBUS Server and the HMI address will be canceled. b. The SCADA cannot read from or write in the addresses defined in different Address Mapping Table at one time. For more information about this, see Chapter37 MODBUS TCPIP Gateway.

533

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W W Device type LB LW RW Format dddd dddd ddddd Range 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 9998 0 ~ 55536 Memo Mapping to 0x/1x 1 ~ 9999 Mapping to 3x/4x 1 ~ 9999 Mapping to 3x/4x 10000 ~ 65536

LB0 = 0x0001, LB1 = 0x0002, LW0 = 3x0001, LW1 = 3x0002 Modbus RTU Server doesnt support function code 06(preset single register), please use function code 16(0x10, preset multiple registers).

Modbus Server Function Code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input 3x 4x 0x04 Read input register 0x03 Read holding register

0x05 write single coil 0x0f write multiple coils N/A for write operation N/A for write operation 0x10 write multiple registers

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS SERVER : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

534

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

535

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS SERVER : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

536

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

537

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MODBUS SERVER : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

538

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female DD+ GND

MODBUS SERVER : Ethernet Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Note: Setting more than one Modbus Server in HMI Device List is of no effect.
539

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/30/2008 Description Driver released

540

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS TCP/IP
Supported Series: Modbus RTU TCP/IP device. Website: http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended MODBUS TCP/IP Ethernet 502 1 0~255 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W W 0x 1x 3x_bit 4x_bit 6x_bit 3x 4x 5x 6x 4x string central europe rev Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit(read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

0x_multi_coils DDDDD

541

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.50 Date Aug/26/2009 Description

542

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS TCP/IP (0x/1x Range Adjustable)


Supported Series : Modbus RTU TCP/IP device. Website : http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Online simulator Extend address mode Recommended Ethernet 502 1 YES YES 0~255 Options Notes
MODBUS TCP/IP (0x/1x Range Adjustable)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W W 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

6x_Bit DDDDDdd 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 3x 4x 5x 6x 4x string central europe rev DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

543

PLC Connection Guide

NOTE:
Address type 5x is mapping to Hold Reg. The communication protocol of 5x is almost the same as 4x except that 5x swaps double words. If 4x contains the following information: Address Data in word Data 1 0x1 2 0x2 3 0x3 4 0x4 5 0x5 6 0x6 ...

0x20001

0x40003

0x60005

For 5x, it will be: Address Data in word Data 1 0x2 2 0x1 3 0x4 4 0x3 5 0x6 6 0x5 ...

0x10002

0x30004

0x50006

Modbus RTU function code: 0x 0x01 Read coil 0x_multi_coils 0x01 Read coil 1x 0x02 Read discrete input

0x05 Write single coil 0x0f Write multiple coils N/A for writing operation

3x 0x04 Read input register N/A for writing operation 4x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers 5x 0x03 Read holding register 0x10 Write multiple registers (Note: reverse word order in double words format) 3xbit is equivalent to 3x 4xbit is equivalent to 4x 6x 0x03 Read holding register 0x06 Write single register (Note: 6x is limited to device of one word only)

544

PLC Connection Guide

Setting Instructions:
1. Go to [System Parameter Settings] click [New] to add a new device -MODBUS

TCP/IP (0x/1x Range Adjustable)as shown below:

2.

Click [Add Address Range Limit] button, Users can define 0x and 1x address range in [0x 1x Address Range] dialog box, referring to bit range of the device used.

545

PLC Connection Guide

AddSet [Station No.], [Device Type], [Max. Address] then click [OK] to finish adding as below:

DeleteThe selected items will be deleted. SettingsSet [Station No.], [Device Type], [Max. Address] then click [OK] to finish adding as below:

546

PLC Connection Guide

Example Take 0x and 1x as example, the settings depend on bit range of different PLC types. For 0x, [Device Type] 0x, [Min. Address]5,[Max. Address] 20. For 1x, [Device Type] 0x, [Min. Address]1,[Max. Address] 10.

After completing all settings above, the communication is enabled.

547

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date NOV/2/2011 MAR/14/2012 Description Driver released. Allow modifying the Minimum address of 0x 1x Address Range.

548

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS TCP/IP (zero-based addressing)


Supported Series : Modbus RTU TCP/IP device. Website: http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 502 1 0~255 Options Notes
MODBUS TCP/IP (zero-based addressing)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 6x_Bit 3x 4x 5x 6x Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

0x_multi_coils DDDDD

549

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Aug/27/2009 Description

550

PLC Connection Guide

MODBUS TCP/IP 32Bit


Supported Series: Modbus RTU TCP/IP device. Website: http://www.modbus.org

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 502 1 0~255 Options Notes MODBUS TCP/IP 32Bit

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W DW W W Device type 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 6x_Bit 0x_multi_coils 3x 4x 5x 6x 4x_32Bit* Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only)
Input Register bit (read only)

Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

4x_32Bit will only read / write 2 words for each package, for continuous addresses, it will be divided into several packages.

551

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Aug/27/2009 Description Driver released.

552

PLC Connection Guide

Moeller XC-CPU101
Supported Series: MOELLER XC100/200 series Website: http://www.moeller.net

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Moeller XC-CPU101 RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 4800 ~ 57600 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W W Device type QX IX MW QW IW Format DDo DDo DDDD DD DD Range 0 ~ 157 0 ~ 157 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 15 0 ~ 15 Note

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 TD 8 RD 4 GND

553

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 TD 8 RD 4 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male 5 TD 8 RD 4 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 5 TD 8 RD 4 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 5 TD 8 RD 4 GND RS232 8P RJ45 Male

554

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/01/2010 Description Driver released.

555

PLC Connection Guide

motrona CT-150
Supported Series: motrona CT-150 Website: http://motrona.net/index.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended motrona CT-150 RS232 9600 7 Even 1 11 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W W W Device type An Bn Cn Format D D DD Range 4~8 1~9 0 ~ 99 Note

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

556

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

557

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/11/2012 Description Driver released.

558

PLC Connection Guide

motrona CT15012B
Supported Series: motrona CT15012B Website: http://motrona.net/index.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended motrona CT15012B RS232 9600 7 Even 1 11 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type Cn Format DD Range 0 ~ 99 Note

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

559

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 8P RJ45 Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

560

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/19/2012 Description Driver released.

561

PLC Connection Guide

motrona MC700
Supported Series: motrona MC700 Website: http://motrona.net/index.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended motrona MC700 RS232 9600 7 Even 1 11 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type ERCD Format HHHH Range 0 ~ FFFF Note

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

562

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

563

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/19/2012 Description Driver released.

564

PLC Connection Guide

Nanotec Stepper Motor


Supported Series: Nanotec Stepper Motor Website: http://en.nanotec.com/start.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 2W 115200 8 None 1 1 Options Notes Nanotec Stepper Motor

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W A1 ~ A14 B1 ~ B17 B18 B19 ~ B24 B25 ~ B26 B27 ~ B46 C1 ~ C6 D1 ~ D13 E1 ~ E6 F1 ~ F41 G1 G2 G3 ~ G5 H1 ~ H10 J1 ~ J6 Format DD D DD D DD D D D D D D DD DD D D Range 1 ~ 32 1 1 ~ 32 1 1~8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~ 10 1~7 1 1 Memo

565

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Out 9 In 2 Out + 4 In + 8 GND circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Out 9 In 2 Out + 4 In + 8 GND circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Out 9 In 2 Out + 4 In + 8 GND circuit circuit

566

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Out 9 In 2 Out + 4 In + 8 GND circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Out 9 In 2 Out + 4 In + 8 GND circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/24/2012 Description Driver released.

567

PLC Connection Guide

ODVA EtherNet/IP Explicit Messaging


Supported Series: Crevis EtherNet/IP NA-9188 Website: http://www.crevis.co.kr/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 44818 0 Options Notes ODVA EtherNet/IP Explicit Messaging

Please click [Tag Editor] when adding this driver to initiate tag information. To edit address tag, please see the factory manual.

568

PLC Connection Guide

The following is an example of how to add Vendor ID in Tag Editor. See 3.2.3 Identity Object in factory manual for the detail of this ID.

Under Struct-Defined select Identity to add Vendor_ID. {1,1,1} represents {Class code , Instance ID , Attribute ID}. Enter UINT in Data Type field according to the factory manual. When finished, this data member can be found in Identity Object.

569

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type CIO_Bit W_Bit H_Bit A_Bit D_Bit T_Bit C_Bit C_Flag T_Flag EM0_Bit ~ EMC_Bit CIO W H A C T D EM0 ~ EMC Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range Memo 0 ~ 3276715 Channel I/O (CIO) 0 ~ 3276715 Work Area (WR) 0 ~ 3276715 Holding Area (HR) 0 ~ 3276715 Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) 0 ~ 3276715 Data Memory (DM) 0 ~ 3276715 Timer (TIM) 0 ~ 3276715 Counter (CNT) 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 3276715 Extend Memory 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767
Channel I/O (CIO) Work Area (WR) Holding Area (HR) Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) Counter (CNT) Timer (TIM) Data Memory (DM) Extend Memory

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

570

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/29/2013 Description Driver released.

571

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON C/CQM1 Series


Supported Series: OMRON C, CPM, CPL, CQM Series (Host Link Protocol) Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com/oei/Products-PLC.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS232 9600 7 Even 2 0 YES Options RS232, RS422, RS485 9600, 19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-31 Host Link Station No. Broadcast command YES Notes OMRON C/CQM1 Series

Extend address mode YES *Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Host Link Protocol / PLC must be set to monitor mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W Device type IR HR LR IR (Force Set/Reset) LR (Force Set/Reset) AR AR_W IR_W Format DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDD DDDD
572

Range

Memo

0 ~ 409515 I/O and Internal Relay 0 ~ 409515 Hold Relay 0 ~ 409515 Link Relay 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 Auxiliary Relay 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095

HR (Force Set/Reset) DDDDdd

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W

Device type HR_W LR_W TC DM

Format DDDD DDDD DDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999

Memo

Data Register

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (CPM2A,CQM1/1H,C200H/HS/ALPHA series) Communication Module: CPM1-CIF01 adapter (for CPM1/CPM1A/CPM2A series, CQM1/CQM1H series) CPM1H-SCB41 communication module (for CQM1H-CPU51/61) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

573

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

574

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. C200h-LK201,3G2A6-LK201 communication module C200HW-COM02/03/04/05/06 communication module eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

575

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 Date Apr/14/2010 Description

576

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON CJ/CS/CP
Supported Series: OMRON CP1E,CP1L, CP1H, CJ1M, CJ2M, CJ1H, CJM1G, CS1H and CS1G. (Host Link Protocol FINS command), this driver supports Extend Addressing Mode. Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com/oei/Products-PLC.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended OMRON CJ/CS/CP RS232 9600 7 Even 2 0 YES RS232, RS422, RS485 9600~115200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-31 Host Link Station No. Extend address mode YES Options Notes

Broadcast command NO *Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Host Link Protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B Device type CIO_Bit W_Bit H_Bit D_Bit A_Bit T_Bit C_Bit Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd Range Memo 0 ~ 3276715 Channel I/O (CIO) 0 ~ 3276715 Work Area (WR) 0 ~ 3276715 Holding Area (HR) 0 ~ 3276715 Data Memory (DM) 0 ~ 3276715 Auxiliary Relay (AR) 0 ~ 3276715 Timer (TIM) 0 ~ 3276715 Counter (CNT)
577

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word B B B B W W W W W W W W W

Device type C_flag T_flag LR_Bit EM0_Bit EMC_Bit T H D A W C CIO EM0 ~ EMC LR ~

Format DDDD DDDD DDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD

Range 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 19915 0 ~3276715 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 199

Memo

Extend Memory Timer (TIM) Holding Area (HR) Data Memory (DM) Auxiliary Relay (AR) Work Area (WR) Counter (CNT) Channel I/O (CIO) Extend Memory

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

578

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

579

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CP1H/CP1L CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W : 9P D-Sub to Termainals: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W Terminal SDA SDB RDA RDB FG

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W Terminal SDA SDB RDA RDB FG

580

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W Terminal SDA SDB RDA RDB FG

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W Terminal SDA SDB RDA RDB FG

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND CP1W-CIF11 RS485 4W Terminal SDA SDB RDA RDB FG

CP1W-CIF11: SW1 ON, others OFF.

581

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.90 V2.00 Date Feb/01/2011 Dec/05/2012 Description Added registers: LR, LR_Bit Added register: EM_Bit

582

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON CJ/CS/CP (Ethernet - FINS/TCP)


Supported Series: OMRON CJ Series, CS Series, CP Series +Ethernet Module. (Ethernet FINS) Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com/oei/Products-PLC.htm *On initialization, switch from RUN MODE to MONITOR MODE.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 9600 0 Options Notes OMRON CJ/CS/CP (Ethernet - FINS/TCP)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Ethernet (FINS/TCP) protocol

583

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type CIO_Bit W_Bit H_Bit A_Bit D_Bit T_Bit C_Bit C_Flag T_Flag EM0_Bit ~ EMC_Bit CIO W H A C T D EM0 ~ EMC Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range Memo 0 ~ 3276715 Channel I/O (CIO) 0 ~ 3276715 Work Area (WR) 0 ~ 3276715 Holding Area (HR) 0 ~ 3276715 Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) 0 ~ 3276715 Data Memory (DM) 0 ~ 3276715 Timer (TIM) 0 ~ 3276715 Counter (CNT) 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 3276715 Extend Memory 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767
Channel I/O (CIO) Work Area (WR) Holding Area (HR) Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) Counter (CNT) Timer (TIM) Data Memory (DM) Extend Memory

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

584

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 Date Dec/05/2012 Description Added register: EM_Bit

585

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON E5CN/E5EZ/E5ZN
Supported Series: OMRON E5CN series temperature controller with communication options. E5EN/CN/GN/EZ/ZN series. Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended OMRON E5CN RS485 2W 9600 7 Even 2 0 YES 9600/19200/38400/ 57600/115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-99 Broadcast command YES Options Notes

Extend address mode YES *Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B DW DW DW DW W W W W Device type Format Range 0 ~ 31 0 ~ 31 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 0 0 0
586

Memo Page40 Read only (Hex) Page34 Read/Write (Hex) Page35 Read/Write (Hex) Page35 Read/Write (Hex) Page36
Communications writing OFF (disabled) Communications writing ON(enabled)

Status_CH1 DD Status_CH2 DD C0 C1 C2 C3 Code00_00 Code00_01 Code01_00 Code01_01 HHHH HHHH HHHH HHHH H H H H

Run Stop

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Device type Code02_00 Code02_01 Code02_02 Code02_03 Code03_00 Code03_01 Code04_00 Code04_01 Code05_00 Code06_00 Code07_00 Code08_00 Code01_10 Code01_11 Code01_F0 Code01_F1 Code02_10 Code02_11 Code02_F0 Code02_F1 Code03_10 Code03_11 Code03_F0 Code03_F1 Code09_00 Code09_01 Code09_10 Code09_11 Code09_F0 Code09_F1 Code0A_00 Code0B_00 Code0C_00 Code0C_01 Code0C_02 Code0C_10

Format H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H

Range 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
587

Memo Multi-SP Set point 0 Multi-SP Set point 1 Multi-SP Set point 2 Multi-SP Set point 3 AT cancel AT execute Write mode (Backup) Write mode (Ram) Save RAM data Software reset Move to setup area 1 Move to protect level

Code0C_0F H

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W

Device type Code0C_11 Code0C_12

Format H H

Range 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Memo

Code0C_1F H Code0C_F0 H Code0C_F1 H Code0C_F2 H Code0C_FF H

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND OMRON E5CN Terminal 12 B 11 A GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND OMRON E5CN Terminal 12 B 11 A GND

588

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND OMRON E5CN Terminal 12 B 11 A GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND OMRON E5CN Terminal 12 B 11 A GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND OMRON E5CN Terminal 12 B 11 A GND

Note:
For communication with OMRON E5EZ, please set communication settings to 9600, E, 7, 2, station no. 1.

Driver Version:
Version V1.21 Date Dec/21/2010
589

Description

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON Ethernet
Supported Series: OMRON CJ Series, CS Series, CP Series +Ethernet Module. (Ethernet FINS) Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com/oei/Products-PLC.htm *On initialization, switch from RUN MODE to MONITOR MODE.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended OMRON Ethernet Ethernet (UDP) 9600 0 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Ethernet (UDP) protocol

590

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type CIO_Bit W_Bit H_Bit A_Bit D_Bit T_Bit C_Bit C_Flag T_Flag CIO W H A C T D Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range Memo 0 ~ 3276715 Channel I/O (CIO) 0 ~ 3276715 Work Area (WR) 0 ~ 3276715 Holding Area (HR) 0 ~ 3276715 Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) 0 ~ 3276715 Data Memory (DM) 0 ~ 3276715 Timer (TIM) 0 ~ 3276715 Counter (CNT) 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767
Channel I/O (CIO) Work Area (WR) Holding Area (HR) Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) Counter (CNT) Timer (TIM) Data Memory (DM)

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

591

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/4/2012 Description Driver released.

592

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON Ethernet (FINS/TCP)


Supported Series: Non OMRON PLC . (Ethernet FINS)

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 9600 0 Options Notes OMRON Ethernet (FINS/TCP)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Ethernet (FINS/TCP) protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type CIO_Bit W_Bit H_Bit A_Bit D_Bit T_Bit C_Bit C_Flag T_Flag CIO W H A C T D EM0 ~ EMC Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range Memo 0 ~ 3276715 Channel I/O (CIO) 0 ~ 3276715 Work Area (WR) 0 ~ 3276715 Holding Area (HR) 0 ~ 3276715 Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) 0 ~ 3276715 Data Memory (DM) 0 ~ 3276715 Timer (TIM) 0 ~ 3276715 Counter (CNT) 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767
593 Channel I/O (CIO) Work Area (WR) Holding Area (HR) Auxiliary Relay (AR) (Read only) Counter (CNT) Timer (TIM) Data Memory (DM) Extend Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/26/2011 Description Driver released.

594

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON EtherNet/IP (NJ Series)


Supported Series: OMRON EtherNet/IP NJ Series PLC Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 44818 1 Yes Multi-HMI connect Yes Options Notes OMRON EtherNet/IP (NJ Series)

On-line simulator

Instructions:
Note: 1. To edit a Tag, if Struct data type is used, add the corresponding data type in Tag Editor > Struct-Defined first. 2. In Sysmac Studio, set Network Publish to Publish Only to read the Tag correctly. Copy and Paste Tag in Sysmac Studio 1 Launch Sysmac Studio, in the project select Global Variables and click Ctrl + C or click the right mouse button and select Copy.

2 Launch EasyBuilder, in System Parameter Settings add Omron EtherNet/IP (NJ series).
595

PLC Connection Guide

3 Click Tag Editor.

4 Right-click Global-Variables and select New Data Type. In Name box enter PLCTags.

5 Click Paste on the dialog box and press Ctrl+V or click the right mouse button and select Paste and then click OK. 6 Click Save to default to save the tags.

596

PLC Connection Guide

Edit Tag Manually 1 In EasyBuilder > System Parameter Settings, add Omron EtherNet/IP (NJ series). 2 Click Tag Editor 3 Right-click Global-Variables and select New Data Type. In Name box enter PLCTags.

4 Click Add on the dialog box and enter the Tag manually, and then click OK. 5 Click Save to default to save the tags. Use Struct-Defined Data Type 1 Under Struct-Defined create AnotherDataStruct which includes two members, Switch and Length, as shown in the following figure.

Add the members by copy and paste or enter them manually, and then click OK.

597

PLC Connection Guide

2 In the Tag under Global Variables add a member, enter a name (in the example enter Value). Enter Input in Data Type. When finished, click Save to default.

Settings in Tag Editor Address data is divided into Struct-Defined and Global-Variables. Struct-Defined defines the Struct data type used in Global-Variables. Go to Sysmac Studio > Programming > Data > Data Types > Structures as shown in the following figure.

Global-Variables maps to Omron Sysmac Studio > Programming > Data > Global Variables, as shown in the following figure.

The supported data types: BOOL, SINT, BYTE, USINT, INT, WORD, UINT, DINT, REAL, UDINT, DWORD. The listed data types support one-dimensional array.

598

PLC Connection Guide

Support Device Type:


S7-1200 data type Bool Byte SInt USInt Word Int UInt DWord DInt Real UDInt Array EasyBuilder data format bit 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 32-bit Float 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned Word array for ASCII input and ASCII display 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 16-bit 16-bit 16-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit Length=word Memo

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

599

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/14/2012 Description Driver released.

600

PLC Connection Guide

OMRON Host Link


Supported Series: OMRON C, CPM, CPL, CQM Series (Host Link Protocol) Website: http://oeiweb.omron.com/oei/Products-PLC.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended OMRON Host Link RS232 9600 7 Even 2 0 YES RS232, RS422, RS485 9600, 19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-31 Host Link Station No. Broadcast command YES Options Notes

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Host Link Protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W Device type IR HR LR IR (Force Set/Reset) LR (Force Set/Reset) AR AR_W IR_W HR_W LR_W TC DM Format DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDD DDDD
601

Range

Memo

0 ~ 409515 I/O and Internal Relay 0 ~ 409515 Hold Relay 0 ~ 409515 Link Relay 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 0 ~ 409515 Auxiliary Relay 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 9999 Data Register

HR (Force Set/Reset) DDDDdd

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. CPU Port (CPM2A,CQM1/1H,C200H/HS/ALPHA series) Communication Module: CPM1-CIF01 adapter (for CPM1/CPM1A/CPM2A series, CQM1/CQM1H series) CPM1H-SCB41 communication module (for CQM1H-CPU51/61) eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit RS232 9P D-Sub Male

602

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 9 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

603

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. C200h-LK201,3G2A6-LK201 communication module C200HW-COM02/03/04/05/06 communication module eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

604

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 SD 3 RD 7 GND 4 RS 5 CS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date OCT/21/2010 Description

605

PLC Connection Guide

OuHua OHJX
Website: http://www.ohjx.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended OuHua OHJX RS-232 9600 8 Odd 1 1 9600,19200 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W Device type R100 R101 R102 R103 R104 R105 R106 R107 R108 R109 R110 R210 R310 SV EV DT LD WX Format Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh Dh DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 1f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 8447 0 ~ 9999
606

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W

Device type WY WR WL FL

Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 99999

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 1 GND 4 GND circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 1 GND 4 GND circuit

607

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 1 GND 4 GND circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 1 GND 4 GND circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 1 GND 4 GND circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Nov/22/2011 Description Driver released.

608

PLC Connection Guide

Panasonic FP
Supported Series: NAIS (Matsushita) FP series include FP-X, FP-, FP0, FP1, FP2, FP2SH, FP10SH and FP3 Ethernet support FP-X with AFPX-COM5. Website:http://pewa.panasonic.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Panasonic FP RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 1 RS232/RS485 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 7 or 8 115200 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-255
Must match the PLC port setting. FP3 must set to 0.

Options

Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type X Y R L L_Bit T C SV EV DT LD WX WY WR Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDD DDDDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 99999 0 ~ 8447 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999
609 Timer (T) Counter (C) Timer/Counter Set Value (SV) Timer/Counter Elapse Value (EV) Data Register (DT) Link Register (LD) Input (WX) (read only) Output (WY) Internal Relay (WR)

Memo
Input (X) Output (Y) Internal Relay (R) Link Relay (L)

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W

Device type WL FL

Format DDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 99999

Memo
Link Relay (WL) File Register (FL)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. FP0, FP2, FP2SH, FPM CPU : 9P D-Sub to 5P Mini-DIN eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 5P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 5P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 5P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

610

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 5P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 5P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 TXD 3 RXD 1 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. FP0 CPU : 9P D-Sub to 3P Terminal: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 3P Terminal S R G

611

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 3P Terminal S R G

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 3P Terminal S R G

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 3P Terminal S R G

612

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 3P Terminal S R G

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 8 CD 9 ER circuit circuit RS232 9P D-Sub Male

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 8 CD 9 ER circuit circuit

613

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 8 CD 9 ER circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 8 CD 9 ER circuit circuit

614

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 8 CD 9 ER circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. FP1 CPU : 9P D-Sub to 8P MiniDIN eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Hirose Female socket 2 TXDA 5 TXDB 3 RXDA 6 RXDB 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Hirose Female socket 2 TXDA 5 TXDB 3 RXDA 6 RXDB 1 GND

615

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Hirose Female socket 2 TXDA 5 TXDB 3 RXDA 6 RXDB 1 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Hirose Male 2 TXDA 5 TXDB 3 RXDA 6 RXDB 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Hirose Male 2 TXDA 5 TXDB 3 RXDA 6 RXDB 1 GND

616

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. FP3 CPU : 9P D-Sub to 15P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 9 TXDA 2 TXDB 10 RXDA 3 RXDB 7 GND 4 RTS+ 5 CTS+ 11 RTS12 CTScircuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 9 TXDA 2 TXDB 10 RXDA 3 RXDB 7 GND 4 RTS+ 5 CTS+ 11 RTS12 CTScircuit circuit

617

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 9 TXDA 2 TXDB 10 RXDA 3 RXDB 7 GND 4 RTS+ 5 CTS+ 11 RTS12 CTScircuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 9 TXDA 2 TXDB 10 RXDA 3 RXDB 7 GND 4 RTS+ 5 CTS+ 11 RTS12 CTScircuit circuit

618

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 9 TXDA 2 TXDB 10 RXDA 3 RXDB 7 GND 4 RTS+ 5 CTS+ 11 RTS12 CTScircuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 Date Apr/09/2010 Description Added registers: FL

619

PLC Connection Guide

Panasonic FP (Ethernet)
Supported Series: NAIS (Matsushita) FP series include FP-X, FP-, FP0, FP1, FP2, FP2SH, FP10SH and FP3 Ethernet support FP-X with AFPX-COM5. Website: http://pewa.panasonic.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 9094 1 0~255 Options Notes Panasonic FP (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W Device type X Y R L L_Bit T C SV EV DT LD WX WY WR WL FL Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDD DDDDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 99999 0 ~ 8447 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 99999
Timer (T) Counter (C) Timer/Counter Set Value (SV) Timer/Counter Elapse Value (EV) Data Register (DT) Link Register (LD) Input (WX) (read only) Output (WY) Internal Relay (WR) Link Relay (WL) File Register (FL)

Memo
Input (X) Output (Y) Internal Relay (R) Link Relay (L)

620

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Ethernet Connection TCP Port: 9094

Ethernet MT8000 AFPX-COM5

RS232 FP-X

621

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.80 Date Apr/12/2010 Description

622

PLC Connection Guide

Panasonic FP2 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: NAIS (Matsushita) FP2 series include FP2, FP2SH, and FP10SH CPU. Website: http://pewa.panasonic.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 8500 2 0~255 Options Notes Panasonic FP2 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type X Y R L L_Bit T C SV EV DT LD WX WY WR WL Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDD DDDDh DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 99999 0 ~ 8447 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999
Timer (T) Counter (C) Timer/Counter Set Value (SV) Timer/Counter Elapse Value (EV) Data Register (DT) Link Register (LD) Input (WX) (read only) Output (WY) Internal Relay (WR) Link Relay (WL)

Memo
Input (X) Output (Y) Internal Relay (R) Link Relay (L)

623

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/11/2010 Description Driver released.

624

PLC Connection Guide

Panasonic MINAS A4
Supported Series: Panasonic MINAS A4 series Servo Drive.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Axis no. Recommended Panasonic MINAS A4 RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 (master station only) 0 ~ F (slave) 2400 ~ 57600 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W W W W Device type Command 20 Command 27 Command 28 Command 01 Command 05 Command 06 Command 21 Command 22 Command 24 Command 25 Command 26 Command 84 Format D DD DD D DD DD D D D D D D Range 0~7 0 ~ 31 0 ~ 31 0 0 ~ 11 0 ~ 11 0~1 0~1 0 0 0~1 0 Memo States (Note 3) Input Signal (Note 3) Output Signal (Note 3) CPU Version (Numeric format:16-bit Hex) Driver Version (ASCII / 12 words) Motor Version (ASCII / 12 words) command pulse counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) feedback pulse counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) present speed (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) present torque (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) present deviation counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) write parameter to EEPROM (Note 1)
625

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W

Device type Command 90 Command 91 Command 92 Command 93 Command 94 Command 9B Parameter Comm2D_S Comm2D_M

Format D DD DD D D D HH D D

Range 0 1 ~ 14 1 ~ 14 0 0 0 0 ~ 7f 0~1 0~1

Memo present Alarm Data (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) Alarm History (Note 4) (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) Batch Alarm (Note 4) (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) clear Alarm History (include EEPROM) (Note 1) Alarm Clear (Note 1) Absolute Clear (Note 1) Individual Parameter (range: 0x00 ~ 0x7F) (Note 2) Command 2D Signle turn data (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) Command 2D Multi-turn data (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed)

Note:
1. Command 84, Command 93, Command 94, and Command 9B are write only. (These commands are able to use Set Bit Object and execute the write command after triggering Set Bit Object.). Commands other than these four are read only. 2. Parameter read/write: Use device type to define address control from 00~7F. For example: address_00 is mapping to Parameter_00. (Please refer to Panasonic MINAS A4 Series User Manual.) 3. Device address type can define MINAS A4 Drivers command list. Command 20, Command 27, and Command 28 are Bit type, use Operating range to map communication order status. For example: Command 20_3 means Read state_CCW . (Please refer to Panasonic MINAS A4 Series User Manual.) 4. Command 91 and Command 92 are word type, use Operating range to map the record of 14 alarms. For example: Command 91_1 means Read alarm data_First alarm.

626

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MINAS A4 Driver CNX4 Port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 5 RXD 4 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 5 RXD 4 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 5 RXD 4 GND

627

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 5 RXD 4 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TXD 5 RXD 4 GND

MINAS A4 Driver CNX3 Port

MINAS A4 Driver CNX4 Port 3 TX 5 RX GND DD+

8P Mini-Din Male MINAS A4 Driver CNX3 / CNX4 Port

4 7 8

GND DD+

4 7 8

RS485 cable / DVOP1970-005 MINAS A4 Driver 8p Mini-DIN Male 7 8 4 DD+ GND

MINAS A4 Driver 8p Mini-DIN Male 7 8 4 DD+ GND

RS232 cable / DVOP1960 MINAS A4 Driver 9P D-SUB Female 3 2 5 RXD TXD GND

MINAS A4 Driver 8p Mini-DIN Male 5 3 RXD TXD GND

628

PLC Connection Guide

HMI connect with one Device

HMI connect with multi devices

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 V1.20 Date Jan/11/2010 Jul/25/2012 Added registersComm2D_S and Comm2D_M. Description

629

PLC Connection Guide

Panasonic MINAS A5
Supported Series: Panasonic MINAS A5 series Servo Drive.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Axis no. Recommended Panasonic MINAS A5 RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 (master station only) 0 ~ 127 (slave) RS232/RS485 2W 2400~115200 Options Notes

* When connecting with more than two devices, it is recommended to set timeout to more than 4 seconds. Set a longer timeout when connecting with more devices to maintain good communication.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W W Device type Command 20 Command 27 Command 28 Command 01 Command 05 Command 06 Command 21 Command 22 Command 24 Command 25 Format D DD DD D DD DD D D D D Range 0~7 0 ~ 31 0 ~ 31 0 0 ~ 11 0 ~ 11 0~1 0~1 0 0 Memo States (Note 3) Input Signal (Note 3) Output Signal (Note 3) CPU Version (Numeric format:16-bit Hex) Driver Version (ASCII / 12 words) Motor Version (ASCII / 12 words) command pulse counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) feedback pulse counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) present speed (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) present torque (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned)

630

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W

Device type Command 26 Command 72 Command 90 Command 92 Command 93 Command 94 Command 9B Parameter

Format D D D DD D D D HHH

Range 0~1 0 0 1 ~ 14 0 0 0 0 ~ 639

Memo present deviation counter (Numeric format: 32-bit Signed) write parameter to EEPROM (Note 1) present Alarm Data (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) Batch Alarm (Note 4) (Numeric format: 16-bit Unsigned) clear Alarm History (include EEPROM) (Note 1) Alarm Clear (Note 1) Absolute Clear (Note 1) Individual Parameter (range: 0x000 ~ 0x639) (Note 2)

Note:
1. Command 72, Command 93, Command 94, and Command 9B are write only. (These commands are able to use Set Bit Object and execute the write command after

triggering Set Bit Object.). Commands other than these four are read only. 2. Parameter read/write: Use device type to define address control from 000~639. For example: address_000 is mapping to Parameter_000. (Please refer to Panasonic MINAS A5 Series User Manual.) 3. Device address type can define MINAS A5 Drivers command list. Command 20, Command 27, and Command 28 are Bit type, use Operating range to map communication order status. For example: Command 20_3 means Read state_CCW. (Please refer to Panasonic MINAS A5 Series User Manual.) 4. Command 92 are word type, use Operating range to map the record of 14 alarms.

631

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MINAS A5 Driver X2 Port RS232 Signal eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Connector 3 TXD 4 RXD 1 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Connector 3 TXD 4 RXD 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Connector 3 TXD 4 RXD 1 GND

632

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Connector 3 TXD 4 RXD 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Connector 3 TXD 4 RXD 1 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. MINAS A5 Driver X2 Port RS485 Signal eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Connector 5,7 4856,8 485+ 1 GND

633

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Connector 5,7 4856,8 485+ 1 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P Connector 5,7 4856,8 485+ 1 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Connector 5,7 4856,8 485+ 1 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Connector 5,7 4856,8 485+ 1 GND

634

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/23/2012 Description Driver released.

635

PLC Connection Guide

Parker ACR9000
Supported Series: Parker ACR9000. Website: http://www.parkermotion.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended Parker ACR9000 RS232 38400 8 None 1 0 YES Extend address mode RS485 4W / RS232 1200 - 38400 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B W W P_Low16bit P_High16bit P_Int32 P_Float Format DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 9999915 0 ~ 9999915 0 ~ 99999 0 ~ 99999 Memo

636

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Parker AC9000 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Parker AC9000 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Parker AC9000 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

637

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Parker AC9000 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Parker AC9000 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/30/2008 Description Driver released.

638

PLC Connection Guide

Parker Compax3
Supported Series: Parker Compax3 Servo Drive. Website: http://www.parker.com

HMI Setting: RS232


Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Parker Compax3 RS232 115200 8 None 1 0 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0 Must be 0 for RS232 Options Notes

RS485
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Parker Compax3 RS485 2W 9600 8 None 1 1 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Range from 1 to 99 for 1-99 RS485, according to the PLC setting. Options Notes

639

PLC Connection Guide

PLC Setting:
How to set Compax 3 servo to RS485 mode? 1. Open C3 ServoManager2, select Communication => RS-485 Settings.

2. Click to Configure RS-485/POP Settings.

3. Set parameters as below:

640

PLC Connection Guide

4. Download settings to Compax3 Servo. 5. Set EasyBuilder system parameter and connect with PLC for communication of HMI and Servo.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B DW DW W Device type R_Low16bit R_High16bit Register_Int Register_float Register_Short Format DDDDDDDDh DDDDDDDDh DDDDDD DDDDDD DDDDDD Range 0 ~ 99999999f 0 ~ 99999999f 0 ~ 999999 0 ~ 999999 0 ~ 999999 For Register INT32, U32 For Register INT32, U32 For Register INT16, U16 Memo

The range of the address that can be operated depends on the address type. (For more information, please see PLC Connection Guide) For example: If the read / write address is: 1901.2, please enter 190102 If the read / write address is: 400.1, please enter 40001

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Parker Compax3 PLC X10 : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

641

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

642

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Parker Compax3 PLC X10 : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 3 Data7 Data+ 5 GND
1 Enable RS485

9 +5V

circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 3 Data7 Data+ 5 GND
1 nable RS485

9 +5V

circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 3 Data7 Data+ 5 GND
1 Enable RS485

9 +5V

circuit

643

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 3 Data7 Data+ 5 GND
1 Enable RS485

9 +5V

circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 3 Data7 Data+ 5 GND
1 Enable RS485

9 +5V

circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.70 Date Mar/30/2009 Description

644

PLC Connection Guide

Parker Compumotor 6K Series


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 Options Notes Parker Compumotor 6K Series

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B D DW DW Device type Format VARB(L) VARB(H) RUN_PRG VARI VAR DDDdd DDDdd D DDD DDD Range 1 ~ 125 1 ~ 125 0 1 ~ 125 1 ~ 125 Must select single float data mode. Memo The lower 16 bits data of VARB The higher 16 bits data of VARB

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

645

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

646

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/7/2011 Description Driver released.

647

PLC Connection Guide

Parker SLVD Series


Supported Series : Parker SLVD Servo, SLVD1N, SLVD2N, SLVD5N, SLVD7N, SLVD10N, SLVD15N, SLVD17N. Website: http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 4W 9600 8 Even 1 0 YES 9600/19200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-31 Extend address mode Options Notes Parker SLVD Series

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W DW W W W Device type Par_Binary Par_One_Word Par_Two_Word Par_One_Byte RESET RUN Format DDDDdd DDDD DDDD DDDD D D Range 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 0 Memo Set bit parameter Set 2 bytes parameter Set 4 bytes parameter Set 1 byte prarmeter

648

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Parker SLVD Servo Serial Link X1 eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 7 TX12 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 6 TER 3 GND circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 7 TX12 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 6 TER 3 GND circuit

649

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 7 TX12 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 6 TER 3 GND circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 7 TX12 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 6 TER 3 GND circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 7 TX12 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 6 TER 3 GND circuit

650

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jan/27/2010 Description Driver released.

651

PLC Connection Guide

PATLITE VM/VMS Series


Supported Series: PATLITE VM/VMS Series Website: http://www.patlite.co.jp

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Port no. Recommended RS232 38400 8 Even 1 0 10600 Options RS232 / RS485 2W / RS485 4W/ Ethernet 9600 ~ 115200 7,8 Even , Odd , None 1,2 0 ~ 31 Notes PATLITE VM/VMS Series

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W W W W W W W W Device type LAW_bit LAW LAW6Mode LAW6Style LAW6Scale LAW6BG_c LAW6Chr_c UNI2sJIS UNI2BIG5 Format HHHHh HHHH H H H H H HHHH HHHH Range 1 ~ 7FFE 1 ~ 7FFE 6 6 6 6 6 1 ~ 7FFE 1 ~ 7FFE LAW Unicode to shift-JIS LAW Unicode to BIG5 Memo hBit no.(0 ~ f)

652

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

653

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND PLC RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W Terminal 11 Data10 Data+

654

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W Terminal 11 Data10 Data+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND PLC RS485 2W Terminal 11 Data10 Data+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W Terminal 11 Data10 Data+

655

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W Terminal 11 Data10 Data+

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND PLC RS485 4W Terminal 12 TX13 TX+ 11 RX10 RX+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND PLC RS485 4W Terminal 12 TX13 TX+ 11 RX10 RX+

656

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND PLC RS485 4W Terminal 12 TX13 TX+ 11 RX10 RX+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND PLC RS485 4W Terminal 12 TX13 TX+ 11 RX10 RX+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND PLC RS485 4W Terminal 12 TX13 TX+ 11 RX10 RX+

657

PLC Connection Guide

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jan/25/2013 Description Driver released

658

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell CompactLogix - Free Tag Names


Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits
Turn around delay (ms)

Recommended RS232 19200 8 None 1 10 0

Options

Notes

Allen-Bradley CompactLogix Free Tag Names

9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 10 ~ 100 *Note

HMI sta. no.

PLC sta. no. 1 1-31 *NoteWhen the communication is not stable, please adjust the parameter of [turn around delay] till the communication is normal.

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DF1 No Handshake protocol 19200, None, 8, 1 (default) Error Check: BCC, Station Address: 1

1.

Create new tags (Controller Tags and Program Tags supported).

659

PLC Connection Guide

2.

Export Tag data to CSV file. ( [Tools] [Export] [Tags and Logic Comments] )

Note: The separator character in CSV file must be a comma , otherwise the file is invalid.

The directory of changing system settings: [Control Panel] [Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options] [Change the format of numbers, dates, and times] [Customize] [List separator]. Please select , and export CSV file after setting.

660

PLC Connection Guide

3.

Open EasyBuilder project file, select the driver and set communication parameter. Click [Data Type] to open [Structure Editor] and edit the data type of the tags.

661

PLC Connection Guide

4.

In [Structure Editor] edit the data type of [Program Tag]. The imported csv file is shown below: Note: The Program Tag can directly be imported in EasyBuilder Pro V3.00.05, EasyBuilder 8000 V4.65.08, and the later versions. Please go to step 5 without editing manually.

Step 1 Right click on [Structure Editor] [User-Defined] to add a [new data type].

662

PLC Connection Guide

Step 2 After adding all Program Tags, click [OK] [Save] [Exit] to leave the editor dialog.

663

PLC Connection Guide

5.

In [System Parameter Settings], click [Import Tag], select the csv file. After importing a message window is displayed.

6.

In the object property dialog, select PLC Tag address.

664

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
PLC Data Type Name

Bit/Word Boolean

EasyBuilder Data Format

Memo

BOOL BitArray SINT INT DINT REAL

Bit object

Integer Double Integer Single Precision Float

16-bit signed, ASCII 32-bit signed 32-bit Float

-32768 ~ 32767 -231 ~ (231-1) IEEE 754

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

665

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date June/2/2011 Description Driver released.

666

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell CompactLogix/FlexLogix
Supported Series: Rockwell ControlLogix, CompactLogix, FlexLogix CH0 DF1. Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 19200 8 None 1 0 1 1-31 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes Allen-Bradley CompactLogix/FlexLogix

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DF1 No Handshake protocol 19200, None, 8, 1 (default) Error Check: BCC, Station Address: 1

667

PLC Connection Guide

ControlLogix, CompactLogix CPU CH0 setting:

Create a Tag: The name format must be 4 chars. For example: B003, T004, C005, N007, and F008. Two or three chars are not available. For example: B03 or B3.

668

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B DW DW DW W DW DW W W Device type B_BOOL N_BOOL Tx.ACC Tx.PRE Nx_INT Bx_INT Cx.ACC Cx.PRE F8_REAL Fx_REAL Format FFFDDDdd FFFDDDdd FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD FFFDDD Range 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 Memo
Bit data file Integer data file bit level (N7, 10 ~ 255) Timer Accumulator Value (T4, T10 ~ 255) Timer Preset Value (T4, T10 ~ 255) Integer data file (N7, 10 ~ 255) Bit data file word level Counter Accumulator Value (C5, C10 ~ 255) Counter Preset Value (C5, C10 ~ 255) Floating point data file (F8) Floating point data file (F008, F010 ~ F255)

669

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

670

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.50 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

671

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell DF1
Supported Series: Rockwell MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, 1400, 1500, SLC 5/03, 5/04, 5/05. Website: http://www.ab.com Note: Allen-Bradley DF1 driver uses CRC checksum.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Allen-Bradley DF1 RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 1 1-31 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DF1 Full Duplex protocol 19200, None, 8, 1 (default) Error Check: CRC

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B I1 O0 I1n_Bit O0n_Bit B3 B10 ~ 13 S_Bit Bfn NfnBit Format DDDdd DDDdd SSEEdd SSEEdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd FFFDDDdd FFFDDDdd Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 303115 0 ~ 303115 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 Memo
Input (I) Output (O) S:slot (0~30) ; E:sub element (0~31) ; B:Bit no (0~15) Bit data file (B3) Bit data file (B10 ~ 13) Status (S) bit level

0 ~ 25525515 Bit data file (B3, 10 ~ 254) 0 ~ 25525515


672 Integer data file bit level (N7, 10 ~ 254)

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W String I1n O0n T4SV T4PV C5SV C5PV TfnSV TfnPV CfnSV CfnPV N7 N10 ~ 15 Nfn S F8 Ffn Lfn STfn

Format SSEE SSEE DDD DDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD.DDD.DD

Range 0 ~ 3031 0 ~ 3031 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255

Memo
S:slot (0~30) ; E:sub element (0~31) ; B:Bit no (0~15) Timer Preset Value (T4) Timer Accumulator Value (T4) Counter Preset Value (C5) Counter Accumulator Value (C5) Timer Preset Value Timer Accumulator Value Counter Preset Value Counter Accumulator Value Integer data file (N7) Integer data file (N10 ~ 15) Integer data file (N7, 10 ~ 254) Status (S) Floating point data file (F8)

File no.Element no.Data no.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini-DIN: MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, 1400, 1500 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

673

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

674

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: SLC5/03, 04, 05 CH0 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

675

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V2.20 V2.50 V2.70 Date Jan/05/2010 Oct/14/2012 Jun/27/2013 Add device type : I1n,O0n. Add device type : STfn Description

676

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell DF1 (BCC)


Supported Series: Rockwell MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, SLC 5/03, 5/04, 5/05. Website: http://www.ab.com Note: Allen-Bradley DF1 (BCC) and Allen-Bradley DF1 are the same; the only difference is the use of BCC checksum.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 19200 8 None 1 0 1 1-31 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes Allen-Bradley DF1 (BCC)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DF1 Full Duplex protocol 19200, None, 8, 1 (default) Error Check: BCC

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B W W Device type I1 O0 B3 B10 ~ 13 S_Bit Bfn NfnBit T4SV T4PV Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd FFFDDDdd FFFDDDdd DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255
677

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit data file (B3) Bit data file (B10 ~ 13) Status (S) bit level Bit data file (B3, 10 ~ 254) Integer data file bit level (N7, 10 ~ 254) Timer Preset Value (T4) Timer Accumulator Value (T4)

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Device type C5SV C5PV TfnSV TfnPV CfnSV CfnPV N7 N10~15 Nfn S F8 Ffn Lfn

Format DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD

Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255

Memo
Counter Preset Value (C5) Counter Accumulator Value (C5) Timer Preset Value Timer Accumulator Value Counter Preset Value Counter Accumulator Value Integer data file (N7) Integer data file (N10 ~ 15) Integer data file (N7, 10 ~ 254) Status (S) Floating point data file (F8)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini-DIN: MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

678

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

679

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: SLC5/03, 04, 05 CH0 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

680

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V2.40 Date Apr/26/2010 Description

681

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell DH485
Supported Series: Rockwell MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, SLC 5/03, 5/04, 5/05. Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Allen-Bradley DH485 RS485 2W 19200 8 Even 1 0 1 YES NO 2 1-31 RS232 9600, 19200 Options Notes

Online simulation Extend address mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DH485 protocol 19200 (default) Set the Max. Node Address to the number of PLCs in use.

682

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W W W W W I1 O0 B3 B10 ~ 13 Bfn NfnBit S_Bit T4SV T4PV C5SV C5PV TfnSV TfnPV CfnSV CfnPV F8 N7 N10 ~ 15 Nfn S Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit data file (B3) Bit data file (B10 ~ 13) Bit data file (B3, 10 ~ 254) Integer data file bit level (N7,10 ~ 254) Status file Timer Preset Value (T4) Timer Accumulator Value (T4) Counter Preset Value (C5) Counter Accumulator Value (C5) Timer Preset Value Timer Accumulator Value Counter Preset Value Counter Accumulator Value Floating point data file (F8) Integer data file (N7) Integer data file (N10 ~ 15) Integer data file (N7,10 ~ 254) Status file

FFFDDDdd 0 ~ 25525515 FFFDDDdd 0 ~ 25525515 DDDdd DDD DDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD DDD DDD FFFDDD DDD 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255

683

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS-485: SLC500 Fixed type, SLC5/01, 02, 03 CH1. HMI cant connect to 1747-AIC peripheral port. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND AB SLC500 DH485 RJ8 Male 2 SDB 1 SDA 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND AB SLC500 DH485 RJ8 Male 2 SDB 1 SDA 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND AB SLC500 DH485 RJ8 Male 2 SDB 1 SDA 7 GND

684

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND AB SLC500 DH485 RJ8 Male 2 SDB 1 SDA 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND AB SLC500 DH485 RJ8 Male 2 SDB 1 SDA 7 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini-DIN: MicroLogix 1000, 1100, 1200, and 1500 must set DH485 protocol. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

685

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND MicroLogix RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 7 TXD 4 RXD 2 GND

686

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: SLC5/03, 04, 05 CH0 must set DH485 protocol. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

687

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

688

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix)


Supported Series: Rockwell ControlLogix, CompactLogix, FelxLogix Ethernet. Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 44818 1 Options Notes
Allen-Bradley EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix)

PLC Setting:
RSLogix 5000 setting Create a Tag: The name format must be 4 chars. For example: B003, T004, C005, N007, and F008. Two or three chars are not available. For example: B03 or B3.

689

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B W W DW (F) DW (F) DW DW DW DW DW Bx_BOOL Nx_BOOL Bx_INT Nx_INT F8_REAL Fx_REAL Cx.ACC Cx.PRE Tx.ACC Tx.PRE Lx.DINT Range Memo
Bit data file Integer data file bit level (N7, 10 ~ 99) Bit data file word level Integer data file (N7, 10 ~ 99) Floating point data file (F8) Floating point data file (F8) Counter Accumulator Value (C5, C10 ~ 255) Counter Preset Value (C5, C10 ~ 255) Timer Accumulator Value (T4, T10 ~ 255) Timer Preset Value (T4, T10 ~ 255)

FFFDDDdd 0 ~ 25525515 FFFDDDdd 0 ~ 25525515 FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255

690

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 V1.50 Date Dec/30/2008 Mar/6/2012 Added register: Lx.DINT Description

691

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix) Free Tag Names


Supported Series: Rockwell CompactLogix, FelxLogix Ethernet Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Notes Allen-Bradley EtherNet/IP (CompactLogix) Free Tag Names Ethernet 44818 1

PLC Setting:
1. Set PLC IP address.

692

PLC Connection Guide

2.

Create new tags (Controller Tags and Program Tags supported).

3.

Export Tag data to CSV file. ( [Tools] [Export] [Tags and Logic Comments] )

Note: The separator character in CSV file must be a comma , otherwise the file is invalid.

The directory of changing system settings: [Control Panel] [Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options] [Change the format of numbers, dates, and times] [Customize] [List separator]. Please select , and export CSV file after setting.

693

PLC Connection Guide

4.

Open EasyBuilder project file, select the driver and set IP address. Click [Data Type] to open [Structure Editor] and edit the data type of the tags.

694

PLC Connection Guide

5.

In [Structure Editor] edit the data type of [Program Tag]. The imported csv file is shown below: Note: The Program Tag can directly be imported in EasyBuilder Pro V3.00.05, EasyBuilder 8000 V4.65.08, and the later versions. Please go to step 6 without editing manually.

Step 1 Right click on [Structure Editor] [User-Defined] to add a [new data type].

695

PLC Connection Guide

Step 2 After adding all Program Tags, click [OK] [Save] [Exit] to leave the editor dialog.

696

PLC Connection Guide

6.

In [System Parameter Settings], click [Import Tag], select the csv file. After importing a message window is displayed.

7.

In the object property dialog, select PLC Tag address.

697

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
PLC data type name

Bit/Word Boolean

EasyBuilder data format

Memo

BOOL BitArray SINT INT DINT REAL

Bit object

Integer Double Integer Single Precision Float

16-bit signed, ASCII 32-bit signed 32-bit Float

-32768 ~ 32767 -231 ~ (231-1) IEEE 754

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

698

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Aug/25/2010 Description

699

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell EtherNet/IP (ControlLogix) Free Tag Names


Supported Series: Rockwell ControlLogix, CompactLogix, FelxLogix Ethernet. Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options Notes Allen-Bradley EtherNet/IP (ControlLogix) Free Tag Names Ethernet 44818 The same as CPU Slot No.

PLC Setting:
1. Set PLC IP address.

700

PLC Connection Guide

2.

Create new tags (Controller Tags and Program Tags supported).

3.

Export Tag data to CSV file. ( [Tools] [Export] [Tags and Logic Comments] )

Note: The separator character in CSV file must be a comma , otherwise the file is invalid.

The directory of changing system settings: [Control Panel] [Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options] [Change the format of numbers, dates, and times] [Customize] [List separator]. Please select , and export CSV file after setting.

701

PLC Connection Guide

4.

Open EasyBuilder project file, select the driver and set IP address. Click [Data Type] to open [Structure Editor] and edit the data type of the tags.

702

PLC Connection Guide

5.

In [Structure Editor] edit the data type of [Program Tag]. The imported csv file is shown below: Note: The Program Tag can directly be imported in EasyBuilder Pro V3.00.05, EasyBuilder 8000 V4.65.08, and the later versions. Please go to step 6 without editing manually.

Step 1 Right click on [Structure Editor] [User-Defined] to add a [new data type].

703

PLC Connection Guide

Step 2 After adding all Program Tags, click [OK] [Save] [Exit] to leave the editor dialog.

704

PLC Connection Guide

6.

In [System Parameter Settings], click [Import Tag], select the csv file. After importing a message window is displayed.

7.

In the object property dialog, select PLC Tag address.

705

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
PLC data type name

Bit/Word Boolean

EasyBuilder data format

Memo

BOOL BitArray SINT INT DINT REAL

Bit object

Integer Double Integer Single Precision Float

16-bit signed, ASCII -32768 ~ 32767 32-bit signed 32-bit Float -231 ~ (231-1) IEEE 754

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

706

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Oct/05/2010 Description

707

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell EtherNet/IP (DF1)


Supported Series: Rockwell MicroLogix 1100, 1400, SLC5/05 Ethernet port. MicroLogix1000, 1200, 1500, SLC 5/03, 5/04 with 1761-NET-ENI Website: http://www.ab.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 44818 0 1 Options Notes Allen-Bradley EtherNet/IP (DF1)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Port Setting: 10/100 Mbps Full Duplex/Half Duplex

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W W Device type I1 O0 B3 S_Bit Bfn NfnBit T4SV T4PV C5SV C5PV TfnSV TfnPV CfnSV CfnPV Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd FFFDDDdd FFFDDDdd DDD DDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 25525515 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255
708

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit data file (B3) Status file Bit data file (B3, 10 ~ 254) Integer data file bit level (N7, 10 ~ 254) Timer Preset Value (T4) Timer Accumulator Value (T4) Counter Preset Value (C5) Counter Accumulator Value (C5)

DDDDDDdd 0 ~ 25525515

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W DW (F) DW (F) DW

Device type S N7 Nfn F8 Ffn Lfn

Format DDD DDD FFFDDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD

Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255255 0 ~ 255255

Memo
Integer data file (N7) Integer data file (N7, 10 ~ 254) Floating point data file (F8)
Floating point data file (F8, 10 ~ 254) Driver version 2.00 or later supported

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable):
COM CPU PWR

RS232 DF1 Ethernet Crossover cable MT8000 HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown MicroLogix 1000, 1200, 1500, SLC 5/03, 5/04 PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

1761-NET-ENI Wire Color White/Green Green White/Orange Blue White/Blue Orange White/Brown Brown

Through a hub:
Switch Hub

MT8000

SLC 500

SLC 500

SLC 500

709

PLC Connection Guide

HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown

Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown

PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V2.00 V2.10 Date Dec/21/2009 Oct/14/2012 Description Add Lfn register. Added register: I1n,O0n.

710

PLC Connection Guide

Rockwell PLC5
Website: http://www.ab.com Note: Rockwell PLC5 driver uses CRC checksum.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Allen-Bradley PLC5 RS232 19200 8 Even 1 0 1 1-31 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode DF1 Full Duplex protocol 19200, None, 8, 1 (default)

Allen-Bradley PLC-5 Family PLCs use DF1 Full Duplex protocol. For PLC-5/10, PLC-5/15 and PLC-5/25, MT8000 should be connected to the DF1 port on the 1785-KE module. For PLC-5/11, PLC-5/20, PLC-5/30 and PLC-5/40, MT8000 should be connected to the Channel 0 Port on the PLC.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B B B B B B W I1 O0 B3 B10 ~ 13 S_Bit Bfn NfnBit T4SV DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDDdd FFFDDDdd FFFDDDdd DDD Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 99915 0 ~ 25599915 0 ~ 25599915 0 ~ 999
711 Timer Preset Value (T4)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit data file (B3) Bit data file (B10 ~ 13)

DDDDDDdd 0 ~ 25599915

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type Format W W W W W W W W W W W W W T4PV C5SV C5PV TfnSV TfnPV CfnSV CfnPV N7 N10 ~ 15 Nfn S F8 Ffn DDD DDD DDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD DDD DDD FFFDDD

Range 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 255999 0 ~ 255999 0 ~ 255999 0 ~ 255999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 255999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 255999

Memo
Timer Accumulator Value (T4) Counter Preset Value (C5) Counter Accumulator Value (C5)

Integer data file (N7) Integer data file (N10 ~ 15) Integer data file (V2.5.0 or newer)

Floating point data file (F8) Floating point data file (V2.5.0 or newer)

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 25P D-Sub: PLC5 CPU CH0 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 25P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 25P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 7 GND

712

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 25P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 7 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 25P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND AB CPU CH0 RS232 25P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 7 GND

713

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
The default error checking of Rockwell PLC5 is BCC, whereas our driver is CRC.

Access [Channel Configuration] from RSLogix5, under Channel 0 tab, please select CRC for [Error Detect].

714

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Apr/17/2009 Description

715

PLC Connection Guide

RS Automation OEMAX Series


Supported Series: OEMax NX7/NX7s Controllers. Website: http://www.oemax.co.kr

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. HMI sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 225 0 ~ 255 *Please correctly set HMI station number. 9600, 19200, 38400 8 Even, Odd, None 1 Options Notes RS Automation OEMAX Series

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W Device type R L M K F TC W SV PV SR WR WL WM WK WF Format DDDdd DDDdd DDDDdd DDDdd DDDdd DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 199915 0 ~ 25515 0 ~ 99115 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 1999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 991
716

Memo

Keep Contact Special Contact Timer/Counter Data Register Timer/Counter Set Value Timer/Counter Preset Value Special Register

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Port1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Port1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Port1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

717

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Port1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Port1 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.20 Date Dec/30/2008 Jun/27/2012 Description Driver released. Support more station numbers.

718

PLC Connection Guide

RS Automation X8 Series
Supported Series: RS-X8 Series PLC Website: http://www.rsautomation.biz/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232/Ethernet 115200 8 None 1 50000 1 0 ~ 255 Options RS232/ Ethernet 9600~115200 7,8 None,Even,ODD 1,2 Notes RS Automation X8 Series

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Xnet Slave

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B W W W W W Y_bit X_bit SR_bit B_bit N_bit A_bit TM_Done CT_Done CR_Done Y X SR B N Format DD.DDDdd DD.DDDdd DDDdd Range 0 ~ 96.25515 0 ~ 96.25515 0 ~ 12715 Memo Output Input Status Bit Integer ASCII Timer_Done Counter_Done Control_Done Output Input Status Bit Integer

DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DDDD.DDDDdd 0 ~ 1535.153515 DD.DDD DD.DDD DDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD 0 ~ 96.255 0 ~ 96.255 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535
719

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W A ST_Length ST_Data CR_Length CR_Pos F L TM_Preset TM_Acc CT_Preset CT_Acc

Format DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDD DDDD.DDD.DD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD DDDD.DDDD

Range 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.779 0 ~ 1535.779.42 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535 0 ~ 1535.1535

Memo ASCII String_Length String_Data Control_Length Control_Postion Float Long Timer_Preset Timer_Accumulator Counter_Preset Counter_Accumulator

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

720

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

721

PLC Connection Guide

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/3/2012 Description Driver released.

722

PLC Connection Guide

SAIA PCD PGU Mode


Supported Series : SAIA PCD series PGU mode. Website :http://www.saia-burgess.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 7 Even 1 1 Options RS232, RS485 9600, 19200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-255 Notes PDS driver SAIA PCD PGU Mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W Device type Flag Output Input Register Counter Timer Reg_Float Reg_Word Format DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 support single float point Memo

723

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

724

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

6 DSR (Of PGU Port): PGU connected.

Driver Version:
Version V1.02 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

725

PLC Connection Guide

SAIA PCD S-BUS Mode


Supported Series: SAIA PCD series S-Bus mode. Website: http://www.saia-burgess.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 None 1 0 Options RS232, RS485 9600, 19200, 38400 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1 0-255 Notes PDS driver SAIA PCD S-BUS Mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode RS232 RS485 2W 1. 9600,N,8,1 (default) Port 0-Type: RS232 S-BUS Mode: Data(S2), Port 1-Type: RS485

Open Saia Project Manager SP2.0.150 and create a new project.

726

PLC Connection Guide

2.

Give a project name.

3.

Create a new project as below.

4.

Go to Online Setting.

727

PLC Connection Guide

5.

Select PGU.

6.

Go to Device Configurator.

728

PLC Connection Guide

7.

Click Change Device Type to select your PLC model.

8.

Select RS232 (PGU) in Type and then right click mouse on Onboard Communications and select Properties.

729

PLC Connection Guide

9.

Select Yes in Series S-Bus Port: Enabled.

10. Set parameters in S-Bus Mode and Timing then upload to PLC.

730

PLC Connection Guide

11. Go to Online Settings >> Open to select S-Bus for finishing the PLC settings.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B DW DW DW DW DW Flag Output Input Reg_Bit Register Counter Timer Reg_Float DBn Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1638331 0 ~ 16383 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 16383 support single float point dd: Bit no. (00~31) Memo

DDDDDDDDD 0 ~ 536016383
731

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. SAIA PCD PGU Port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

732

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal 11 (29) 12 (28)

733

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal 11 (29) 12 (28)

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal 11 (29) 12 (28)

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal 11 (29) 12 (28)

734

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND SAIA PCD1 Port #1 (Port #0) Terminal 11 (29) 12 (28)

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Jun/21/2012 Description DBn address types are added.

735

PLC Connection Guide

SAIA S-BUS (Ethernet)


Supported Series : SAIA PCD series Ethernet-TCP/IP. Website : http://www.saia-burgess.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options SAIA S-BUS (Ethernet) Ethernet 5050 0 Notes

PLC Setting:

736

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW Flag Output Input Reg_Bit DBn_Bit Register Counter Timer Reg_Float DBn DB_String R_String DB_Float Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDdd DDDDDDDdd DDDDD DDDD DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 1638331 0 ~ 399938331 0 ~ 16383 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 1599 0 ~ 16383 support single float point dd: Bit no. (00 ~ 31) Memo

DDDDDDDDD 0 ~ 536016383 DDDDDDDDD 0 ~ 536016383 DDDDD 0 ~ 16383 DDDDDDDDD 0 ~ 536016383

737

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 V1.50 Date Jun/21/2012 Sep/24/2012 Description DBn address types are added. R_String , DB_Float , DBn_Bit and DB_String address types are added.

738

PLC Connection Guide

Samsung SPC-10
Supported Series: Samsung SPC-10 Website: http://www.samsungelectronics.com/factory_automation/controller/plc/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Samsung SPC-10 RS485 2W 9600 None 8 1 192 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W R K M F W Format DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDDdd DDDD Range 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 999915 0 ~ 9999 Memo

739

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TR7 TR+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TR7 TR+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TR7 TR+ 5 GND

740

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TR7 TR+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TR7 TR+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/19/2009 Description

741

PLC Connection Guide

SCENE6 Controller
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SCENE6 Controller RS232 9600 8 None 2 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W Device type Word Format DD Range 0 ~ 99 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

742

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

743

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 Terminal TD RD GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/24/2009 Description

744

PLC Connection Guide

Schleicher XCS 20C


Supported Series: Schleicher XCx-Systems Ethernet port. Schleicher XCS series, 20C model. Website: http://www.schleicher-electronic.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 38400 8 N 1 0 Options Notes Schleicher XCS 20C

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W DW DW DW Device type IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Input %IX Output %QX %MX %IW %QW %MW %ID %QD %WD

Word address must be even.

745

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Schleicher XCS20 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Schleicher XCS20 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

746

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Schleicher XCS20 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Schleicher XCS20 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Schleicher XCS20 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TD 2 RD 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Feb/26/2010 Description

747

PLC Connection Guide

Schleicher XCX 300


Website: http://www.schleicher-electronic.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Schleicher XCX 300 Ethernet 20547 2 RS232, RS422, Ethernet Options Notes

PLC Setting:
A variable must be created for HMI access.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W DW DW DW Device type IX QX MX IW QW MW ID QD MD Format DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 655357 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Input %IX Output %QX %MX %IW %QW %MW %ID %QD %WD

Word address must be even.


748

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

749

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Schleicher XCX300 RS232 Port eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

750

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Schleicher XCX300 RS485 4W Terminal eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

751

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND TXTX+ RXRX+ GND RS485 4W Terminal

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

752

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Nov/30/2009 Jun/28/2010 Description Driver released. Support RS232, RS422 interface connection.

753

PLC Connection Guide

Schneider IMS SERVO


Supported Series : Schneider IMS SERVO Website: http://www.schleicher-electronic.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 9600 8 Even 1 1 Options Notes Schneider IMS SERVO

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B W DW Byte BIT WORD DWORD BYTE Format HHHHo HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ FFFF7 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF Memo

754

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

755

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Apr/04/2012 Description

756

PLC Connection Guide

Schneider MODBUS RTU


Supported Series : Schneider MODBUS RTU CONTROLLER Website: http://www.schleicher-electronic.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 1 YES Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1,2 0-255 Broadcast command YES Notes Schneider MODBUS RTU

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Modbus RTU protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W DW W %M 1x 3x_Bit Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Output bit Input bit (read only) Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

4x_Bit DDDDDdd 0x_multi_coils DDDDD 3x %MW 5x 6x DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

757

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

758

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Female 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini-DIN : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 B1 A+ 5 DTP 7 GND circuit

759

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 B1 A+ 5 DTP 7 GND circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 B1 A+ 5 DTP 7 GND circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 B1 A+ 5 DTP 7 GND circuit

760

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 B1 A+ 5 DTP 7 GND circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to Terminal : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 3P Terminal BA+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 3P Terminal BA+ GND

761

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 3P Terminal BA+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 3P Terminal BA+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 3P Terminal BA+ GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Aug/26/2009 Description

762

PLC Connection Guide

Schneider MODBUS TCP/IP


Supported Series : Schneider Modbus RTU TCP/IP Device. Website: http://www.schleicher-electronic.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 502 1 0~255 Options Notes Schneider MODBUS TCP/IP

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B W W DW W %M 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 6x_Bit 3x %MW 5x 6x Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 6553515 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535 Memo Input bit Output bit Input Register bit (read only) Output Register bit Output Register bit Write multiple coils Input Register Output Register 4x double word swap 4x single word write

0x_multi_coils DDDDD

763

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 Date Aug/27/2009 Description

764

PLC Connection Guide

Schneider UniTelway
Supported Series: Modicon TSX Micro&Nano&Neza series PLC. Website: http://www.modicon.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 2W 19200 8 Odd 1 5 0 YES Options RS232/RS485 9600~115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 1-8 0-3 Extend address mode YES
Must set to 8 for this protocol

Notes

Schneider UniTelway

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode UniTelWay protocol, set PLC as master

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W Device type S M MW.B MW Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD Range 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 0 ~ 32767 Memo Internal relay Auxiliary relay Data register

0 ~ 3276715 Data register bit

765

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. TSX37-XX/TSX07-XX CPU : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 D1 D+ 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 D1 D+ 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 D1 D+ 7 GND

766

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 D1 D+ 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 2 D1 D+ 7 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Sep/24/2009 Description

767

PLC Connection Guide

SEW Movilink
Supported Series: SEW Eurodrive series, model MOVITRAC-07 inverter, MovitracB. Website: http://sg.sew-eurodrive.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SEW Movilink RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 0 0~255 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B Device type INDEX_Bit Format DDDDDDDDdd Range 0 ~ 2552500031 Memo

W INDEX DDDDDDDD 0 ~ 25525000 The MOVITRAC-07 doesnt support Sub index other series may support , please input 000. When input D and d, the correct formatSub index 15, Index 8359, Format is 01508359.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND Movitrac-07 RS485 2W D- (Green) D+ (Red)

768

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND Movitrac-07 RS485 2W D- (Green) D+ (Red)

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND Movitrac-07 RS485 2W D- (Green) D+ (Red)

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND D- (Green) D+ (Red) Movitrac-07 RS485 2W

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND D- (Green) D+ (Red) Movitrac-07 RS485 2W

769

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.31 Date Jun/25/2010 Description

770

PLC Connection Guide

SEW MOVITRAC LTE


Website : http://www.seweurodrive.com/index.php

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended SEW MOVITRAC LTE RS-485 2W 115200 8 None 1 1 YES Extend address mode NO Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Device type P-1 P-2 P-3 P-4 P-5 P-6 P-7 P-8 P-9 P-10 P-11 P-12 P-13 P-14 P-15 P-16 P-17 Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
771

Memo
Max. speed limit Min. speed limit Acceleration ramp time Deceleration ramp time Stop mode select Energy optimizer Motor rated voltage Motor rated current Motor rated frequency Motor rated speed Voltage boost Terminal / Keypad control Trip log Extended menu access code Digital input function set Analog input V / mA Output switching frequency

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W

Device type P-18 P-19 P-20 P-21 P-22 P-23 P-24 P-25 P-26 P-27 P-28 P-29 P-30 P-31 P-32 P-33 P-34 P-35 P-36 P-37 P-38 P-39 P-40 P-00-01 P-00-02 P-00-03 P-00-04 P-00-05 P-00-06 P-00-07 P-00-08 P-00-09 P-00-10 P-00-11 P-00-12 P-00-13

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
772

Memo
User relay output select User relay output limit Preset speed 1 Preset speed 2 Preset speed 3 Preset speed 4 Deceleration ramp time 2 Analog output function select Skip frequency hysteris band Skip frequency V/F characteristic adjustment voltage V/F characteristic adjustment frequency Terminal mode restart function Keypad mode restart function DC injection enable / duration Spin start Brake chopper enable Analog input scaling factor Comms address; SBus enable/baudrate select; Trip enable / delay Access code definition Parameter access lock Analog input off-set Display speed scaling factor Analog input 1 value Analog input 2 value Speed reference input Digital input status Reserved Reserved Applied motor voltage DC bus voltage log Heatsink temperature Hours run meter Run time since last trip (1) Run time since last trip (2) Run time since last disable

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W W

Device type P-00-14 P-00-15 P-00-16 P-00-17 P-00-18 P-00-19 P-00-20

Format D D D D D D D

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1

Memo
Reserved DC bus voltage log Thermistor temperature log Motor current Software ID,IO and motor control Drive serial number Drive identifier

P-00-01 ~ P-00-20 read only.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 45+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 45+

773

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND PLC RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 45+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 45+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND PLC RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 45+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/19/2011 Description Driver released.

774

PLC Connection Guide

SHIMADEN MR13/FP93
Supported Series: MR13, FP93 devices Website: http://www.shimaden.co.jp

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no.
Start Character Mode

Recommended RS485 9600 7 E 1 1 Select 3@_:_CR

Options

Notes

SHIMADEN MR13/FP93 1200-19200 7 or 8 None/Even 1 1~255 0, 1 : STX_ETX_CR 2 : STX_ETX_CR LF 3 : @_:_CR 0, 1 : Addition 2 : Addition +2s complement 3 : XOR 4 : None
For FP93, select 0,1

BCC Operation Method

Select 3XOR

Note Address 018C is a communication control register, only when it is set to 1 can this register be allowed to write to other registers.

775

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format W W W Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 HHHH HHHH HHHH Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff Memo Read/Write 1st Channel Register Read/Write 2nd Channel Register Read/Write 3rd Channel Register

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND MR13/FP93 RS485 2W Terminal 25 24 +

23 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND MR13/FP93 RS485 2W Terminal 25 24 +

23 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND MR13/FP93 RS485 2W Terminal 25 24 +

23 GND

776

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND MR13/FP93 RS485 2W Terminal 25 24 +

23 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND MR13/FP93 RS485 2W Terminal 25 24 +

23 GND

MR13 Communication Parameter Settings


Data Address (hex)

Parameter PV Value E_SV Execution SV Value OUT Control Output Value Reserved Action Flag Event Output Flag Reserved Reserved REM Value Reserved Reserved DI

Details of Parameter Within measuring range Within setting range Within range 0.0100.0%

R /W R R R

0100 0101 0102 0103 0104 0105 0106 0107 0108 0109 010A 010B

See detailed explanation below. See detailed explanation below.

R R

Within setting range

Input State Flag See detailed explanation below.

777

PLC Connection Guide Data Address (hex)

Parameter RANGE Reserved DP Decimal Point


PV Sc_L PV Sc_H Lower Limit Higher Limit

Details of Parameter Refer to the measuring range code list.

R /W R

0111 0112 0113 0114 0115

Position of decimal point 0:Without R decimal point 1:With decimal point For Linear Imput:-19999999 unit For Thermocouple, and RTD Input: Measuring range to be displayed. R R

Data Address (hex)

Parameter E_PRG Reserved Reserved E_PRT

Details of Parameter Program Action Flag

R/W R

0120 0121 0122 0123

The number of execution patterns When program is reset, value=7FFEH Execution step number When program is reset, value=7FFEH Remaining time of execution step When program is reset, value=7FFEH Execution PID number When program is reset, value=7FFEH

0124

E_STP

0125

E_TIM

0126

E_PID

Data Address (hex)

Parameter AT Auto Tuning

Details of Parameter 0:No execution 0:Local 1:COM 1:Execution

R/W W W

0184 018C

Operation PROG RUN/RST Program Run/Reset

0190

0RST, 1RUN Writing is possible only in CH1

778

PLC Connection Guide

0191

PROG HLD Program Hold SV

0Release, 1HLD Writing is possible only in CH1 Local SV Value, within set value limiter

0300
Data Address

R/W

Parameter
SV Limt_L SV Limt_h Lower Limit Higher Limit

Details of Parameter Within measuring range, On condition that SV Limt_L<SV Limt_H

R/W

(hex) 030A 030B

R/W

0314

REM SC_L

Within measuring range R/W On condition that REM SC_L REM SC_H

0315

REM SC_H

0316

REM Bias

Range: -19995000 unit

R/W

0317

REM Filt

Range: 0100 seconds

R/W

031A

REM-CH

Remote channel assignment 0OFF1CH12CH23CH3

R/W

Data Address

(hex) 0320 0321

Parameter SV Follow SW SV Follow

Details of Parameter

R/W

CH2 & CH3 SV follow setting flag 1: R/W Follow 0:No Follow type deviation SV set value: 19995000 unit Control Output Proportional Baud Range: 0.0999.9%(0.0:OFF) Control Output Integral Time Range: 06000 Seconds (0.0:OFF) Control Output Derivative Time Range 03600 Seconds (0.0:OFF)
779

R/W

0400 0401 0402

FIX P FIX I FIX D

R/W R/W R/W

PLC Connection Guide

0403 0404 0405 0406 0407 0408 0409 040A 040B

FIX MR FIX DF FIX OUT Limt_L FIX OUT Limt_H FIX SF Prog P1 Prog I1 Prog D1 Prog MR1

Manual Reset Range: -50.050.0% Hysteresis Range: 1999 unit Control Output Lower Limit Output Limiter Range: 0.099.9% Control Output Higher Limit Output Limiter Range: 0.1100.0% Control Output Target Value Function Range: OFF0.011.00 PROG mode PB1 Range: 0.0999.9% (0.0:OFF) PROG mode IT1 Range: 06000 seconds PROG mode DT1 Range: 03600 seconds PROG mode MR1 Range: -50.050.0% PROG mode DF1 Range: 1999 unit (0.0:OFF)

R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W

(0.0:OFF) R/W

040C 040D 040E 040F 0410 0411 0412 0413 0414 0415 0416

Prog DF1 Prog O_Lmt_L1

R/W

PROG mode lower limit side output R/W limiter 1 Range: 0.099.9%
PROG mode higher limit side output limiter 1

Prog O_Lmt_H1 Prog SF1 Prog P2 Prog I2 Prog D2 Prog MR2 Prog DF2 Prog O_Lmt_L2 Prog O_Lmt_H2

Range: 0.1100.0% PROG mode target value function 1 Range: OFF,0.011.00 PROG mode PB2 Range: 0.0999.9% (0.0:OFF) PROG mode IT2 Range: 06000 seconds PROG mode DT2 Range: 03600 seconds PROG mode MR2 Range: -50.050.0% PROG mode DF2 Range: 1999 unit (0.0:OFF) (0.0:OFF)

R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W

PROG mode lower limit side output R/W limiter 2 Range: 0.099.9%
PROG mode higher limit side output limiter 2

Range: 0.1100.0%
780

R/W

PLC Connection Guide

0417 0418 0419 041A 041B 041C 041D 041E 041F

Prog SF2 Prog P3 Prog I3

PROG mode target value function 2 Range: OFF,0.011.00 PROG mode PB3 Range: 0.0999.9% (0.0:OFF) PROG mode IT3 Range: 06000 seconds PROG mode DT3 Range: 03600 seconds PROG mode MR3 Range: -50.050.0% PROG mode DF3 Range: 1999 unit (0.0:OFF) (0.0:OFF)

R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W

Prog D3 Prog MR3

Prog DF3 Prog O_Lmt_L3 Prog O_Lmt_H3

PROG mode lower limit side output R/W limiter 3 Range: 0.099.9%
PROG mode higher limit side output limiter 3

Range: 0.1100.0% Prog SF3 PROG mode target value function 3 Range: OFF,0.011.00
0:Not assigned 1:Higher limit deviation value 2:Lower limit deviation value 3:Out of range between higher & lower limits 4:Within range between higher & lower limits

R/W R/W

0500

EV1_MODE

5:Higher limit absolute value 6:Lower limit absolute value 7:Scaleover 8:Program RUN 9:Program END 10:Program STEP Only when Subaddress=EV1_CH.

R/W

781

PLC Connection Guide


1. Higher limit deviation value alarm: 01999 unit 2. Lower limit deviation value alarm: 0-1999 unit 3. Out of range between higher & lower limits value alarm: 01999 unit

0501

EV1 Set Point

4. Within range between higher and lower limits value alarm: 01999 unit 5. Higher limit absolute value alarm: Within

R/W

measuring range 6. Lower limit absolute value alarm: Within

measuring range Only when Subaddress=EV1_CH.

0502 0503 0504

EV1 Diffrnt EV1 Inhibit EV1 Delay

Alarm hysteresis 1999 unit Only when Subaddress=EV1_CH. Alarm stand by 14 Only when Subaddress=EV1_CH. Alarm delay time 09999 seconds Only when Subaddress=EV1_CH. Channel number setting 1:CH1, 2:CH2, 3:CH3

R/W R/W R/W

0506

EV1_CH

R/W

0:Not assigned 1:Higher limit deviation value 2:Lower limit deviation value 3:Out of range between higher & lower limits 4:Within range between higher & lower limits 5:Higher limit absolute value

0510

EV2_MODE

6:Lower limit absolute value 7:Scaleover 8:Program RUN 9:Program END 10:Program STEP Only when Subaddress=EV2_CH.

R/W

782

PLC Connection Guide


1. Higher limit deviation value alarm: 01999 unit 2. Lower limit deviation value alarm: 0-1999 unit 3. Out of range between higher & lower limits value alarm: 01999 unit 4. Within range between higher and lower limits

0511

EV2 Set Point

value alarm: 01999 unit 5. Higher limit absolute value alarm: Within

R/W

measuring range 6. Lower limit absolute value alarm: Within

measuring range Only when Subaddress=EV2_CH.

0512 0513 0514

EV2 Diffrnt EV2 Inhibit EV2 Delay

Alarm hysteresis 1999 unit Only when Subaddress=EV2_CH. Alarm stand by 14 Only when Subaddress=EV2_CH. Alarm delay time 09999 seconds Only when Subaddress=EV2_CH. Channel number setting 1:CH1, 2:CH2, 3:CH3

R/W R/W R/W

0516

EV2_CH

R/W

0:Not assigned 1:Higher limit deviation value 2:Lower limit deviation value 3:Out of range between higher & lower limits 4:Within range between higher & lower limits 5:Higher limit absolute value

0520

EV3_MODE

6:Lower limit absolute value 7:Scaleover 8:Program RUN 9:Program END 10:Program STEP Only when Subaddress=EV3_CH.

R/W

783

PLC Connection Guide


1. Higher limit deviation value alarm: 01999 unit 2. Lower limit deviation value alarm: 0-1999 unit 3. Out of range between higher & lower limits value alarm: 01999 unit 4. Within range between higher and lower limits

0521

EV3 Set Point

value alarm: 01999 unit 5. Higher limit absolute value alarm: Within

R/W

measuring range 6. Lower limit absolute value alarm: Within

measuring range Only when Subaddress=EV3_CH

0522 0523 0524

EV3 Diffrnt EV3 Inhibit EV3 Delay

Alarm hysteresis 1999 unit Only when Subaddress=EV3_CH. Alarm stand by 14 Only when Subaddress=EV3_CH. Alarm delay time 09999 seconds Only when Subaddress=EV3_CH. Channel number setting 1:CH1, 2:CH2, 3:CH3 DI setting flag 0:NON 1:FLW 4:ADV

R/W R/W R/W

0526

EV3_CH

R/W

0580

DI

2:RUN 3:HLD

R/W

05B0

MEM

1:EEP Program Memory 0:RAM Random Memory Output characteristic setting flag 0:Rev Act. 1:Dir Act

R/W

0600 0601 0602 0603

Out Actn Out Cyc Reserved SOFTSW

R/W

Control output cycle (Unit:0.5 seconds) R/W Range: 0.5120.0 seconds Soft start setting flag 0:OFF 1:ON

784

PLC Connection Guide

0610 0611

AT Point Key Lock

AT pointer Range: 05000 unit 0:OFF 1:LOCK1 2:LOCK2 3:LOCK3

R/W R/W

When Out_Cyc is written, writing data is adjusted to 0.5 sec as one unit. The write command lock by keylock is the same as the screen lock. (Refer to the manual of the instrument.) If there is a change in EV1_CH,EV2_CH,EV3_CH, the related parameters are initialized.

0701 0702

PV Bias PV Filt

PV bias Range: -19991999 unit PV filter Range: 0100 seconds

R/W R/W

0710

PFLW

Setting of CH2, CH3 PV input follow 0:OFF 1:ON


Selection of CH2, CH3 PV display or not 0-0 Window 0: Without 1: With

R/W

0711

CH_P

R/W

0800

FP_MOD

Selection between FIX and PROG 0:FIX 1:PROG (Writing possible only in CH1) Setting of PV start 0:OFF 1:ON (Writing possible only in CH1) The number of steps 19 (Writing possible only in CH1)
The number of execution repetitions 19999 (Writing possible only in CH1)

R/W

0801

PV_ST

R/W

0882 0883 0884

STP

R/W R/W R/W

RPT ST_SV

Start SV (Writing possible only in CH1)

For CH1, PFLW (window 1~30), CH_P (window1-29display- - - -.The read value is: 7FFEH, To a write command, error0BHis returned.
785

PLC Connection Guide

08A0 08A1 08A2 08A3 08A4 08A5 08A6 08A7 08A8 08A9 08AA 08AB 08AC 08AD 08AE 08AF 08B0 08B1 08B2 08B3 08B4 08B5 08B6 08B7

Step1 SV Step1 Time Step1 PID No Reserved Step2 SV Step2 Time Step2 PID No Reserved Step3 SV Step3 Time Step3 PID No Reserved Step4 SV Step4 Time Step4 PID No Reserved Step5 SV Step5 Time Step5 PID No Reserved Step6 SV Step6 Time Step6 PID No Reserved

Step No. 1 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 1 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 1 PID No. Step No. 2 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 2 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 2 PID No. Step No. 3 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 3 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 3 PID No. Step No. 4 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 4 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 4 PID No. Step No. 5 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 5 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 5 PID No. Step No. 6 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 6 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 6 PID No.

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

786

PLC Connection Guide

08B8 08B9 08BA 08BB 08BC 08BD 08BE 08BF 08C0 08C1 08C2

Step7 SV Step7 Time Step7 PID No Reserved Step8 SV Step8 Time Step8 PID No Reserved Step9 SV Step9 Time Step9 PID No

Step No. 7 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 7 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 7 PID No. Step No. 8 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 8 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 8 PID No. Step No. 9 SV Value (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 9 Step Time (Writing possible only in CH1) Step No. 9 PID No.

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

R/W R/W R/W

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Apr/08/2011 Description

787

PLC Connection Guide

SHJ-A
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SHJ-A RS485 2W 9600 8 None 1 0 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W Word Format DD Range 0 ~ 89 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

788

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

789

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/18/2011 Description Driver released.

790

PLC Connection Guide

SICK FLEXI SOFT


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SICK FLEXI SOFT RS232 115200 8 None 1 0 9600,19200,3840 0,57600,115200 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type I Q Logic result RS-232 Flexi soft to RS-232_Bit Module Status Bit Array_Bit Operating Data Block_Bit Configuration CRCs_Bit CPU Module Type Key_Bit Extension Modules Type_Bit RS-232 to Flexi soft Flexi soft to RS-232 Module Status Bit Array Operating Data Block Configuration CRCs CPU Module Type Key Extension Modules Type Format DDo DDo DDo DDo DDo DDo Do DDo DDo DDDo D DD DD D DD DD DDD Range 0 ~ 967 0 ~ 487 0 ~ 327 0 ~ 327 0 ~ 997 0 ~ 597 0 ~ 97 0 ~ 197 0 ~ 177 0 ~ 3377 0~2 0 ~ 98 0 ~ 58 0~8 0 ~ 18 0 ~ 16 0 ~ 336 Memo Input Output Logic Result RS-232

791

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CPU0 Port0 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 4 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CPU0 Port0 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 4 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND CPU0 Port0 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 4 GND

792

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND CPU0 Port0 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 4 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND CPU0 Port0 4P Mini-DIN Female socket 3 TX 2 RX 4 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Apr/6/2011 May/15/2013 Description Driver released. Supports importing tags of external modules and V1.4 .csv files.

793

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens LOGO (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens LOGO! 0BA7 Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Local TSAP Remote TSAP Recommended Ethernet 102 1 1000 2100 1~99 Must be greater than 1000 Range:2000~2700 Options Notes Siemens S7/200 (Ethernet)

For TSAP settings please refer to PLC Setting below.

PLC Setting:
Siemens LOGO! multi connection setting requires LOGO! Soft Comfort software to set PLC to identify the connected devices. The following introduces LOGO! Soft Comfort settings. Step 1. Tools -> Ethernet Connections

794

PLC Connection Guide

Step 2. Right click on Ethernet Connections and click Add connections to add a connection, up to eight connections are allowed.

Step 3. Setting Server I. Double click on Connection1, then select Server Connection. II. Local TSAP is system default and cant be modified. Tick Accept all connection requests to connect to any IP. III. Remote TSAP set to 10.00. IV. Connection 2~8 can all be set as above.

Note: The value of Local TSAP and Remote TSAP must be set oppositely in EasyBuilder for communication.

795

PLC Connection Guide

Step 4. Complete settings, download connection to Siemens LOGO!

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W Device type I Q M V AI AQ AM VW Format DD DD DD DDDDo D D DD DDDD Range 1~24 1~16 1~27 0~1023 1~8 1~2 1~16 0~1023
See Table 1 Address Mapping VW_Bit

Memo
Read Only

796

PLC Connection Guide

Table 1 Address Mapping


I I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 VW V923.0 V923.1 V923.2 V923.3 V923.4 V923.5 V923.6 V923.7 Q Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 VW V942.0 V942.1 V942.2 V942.3 V942.4 V942.5 V942.6 V942.7 M M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 VW V948.0 V948.1 V948.2 V948.3 V948.4 V948.5 V948.6 V948.7 AI AI1 AI2 AI3 AI4 AI5 AI6 AI7 AI8 VW VW926 VW928 VW930 VW932 VW934 VW936 VW938 VW940 AQ AQ1 AQ2 VW VW944 VW946 AM AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4 AM5 AM6 AM7 AM8 VW VW952 VW954 VW956 VW958 VW960 VW962 VW964 VW966

I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16

V924.0 V924.1 V924.2 V924.3 V924.4 V924.5 V924.6 V924.7

Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16

V943.0 V943.1 V943.2 V943.3 V943.4 V943.5 V943.6 V943.7

M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16

V949.0 V949.1 V949.2 V949.3 V949.4 V949.5 V949.6 V949.7

AM9 AM10 AM11 AM12 AM13 AM14 AM15 AM16

VW968 VW970 VW972 VW974 VW976 VW978 VW980 VW982

I17 I18 I19 I20 I21 I22 I23 I24

V925.0 V925.1 V925.2 V925.3 V925.4 V925.5 V925.6 V925.7

M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24

V950.0 V950.1 V950.2 V950.3 V950.4 V950.5 V950.6 V950.7

M25 M26 M27

V951.0 V951.1 V951.2

797

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date DEC/7/2011 Description Driver released.

798

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-1200 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens S7-1200 series Ethernet. Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Rack CPU slot Recommended Ethernet 102 2 0 1 Yes Multi-HMI connect Yes (Max:3 HMI) Options Notes Siemens S7-400 (Ethernet)

On-line simulator

PLC Setting:
1. 2. In S7-1200 program software create PLC program and tag and then download to PLC. Select Go offline, EasyBuilder will connect to PLC and get tag data. In PLC type select SIEMENS S7-1200 (Ethernet).

799

PLC Connection Guide

3.

Click Settings, input PLC IP address.

4.

Check the PLC that is not connected to any PC. Click Get tag info.

800

PLC Connection Guide

5.

If the software used is a version later than TIA Portal V11SP2, a dialog of FunctionBlock directory will be shown, users have to define the mapping from FB to DB in this directory then click Check OK. The tag information will be gained and a successful message is shown.

801

PLC Connection Guide

6.

When opening an existing project and get the tag information again, if the PLC software used is TIA Portal V12 and later versions, the DB name must be entered again in order to compile the project.

7.

Create an object and click read address Setting

8.

In PLC name select S7-1200 then click Tag.

802

PLC Connection Guide

9.

Select PLC tag.

Support Device Type:


S7-1200 data type Bool Byte SInt USInt Word Int UInt DWord DInt Real UDInt Array EasyBuilder data format bit 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Signed 32-bit Float 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned Word array for ASCII input and ASCII display
803

Memo

8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 16-bit 16-bit 16-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit 32-bit Length=word

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.70 V1.90 Date Oct/7/2011 Apr/26/2012 Description Add data type: Byte,SInt,UInt,UDInt Add data type: USInt

804

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200
Supported Series: Siemens S7-200 series PLC (CPU212/214/215/216/221/222/224/226/226XM) Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no.
Turn around delay (ms) Send ACK delay(ms)

Recommend Options ed SIEMENS S7-200 RS485 2w 9600 8 Even 1 2 5 30 YES RS485 2w

Notes

The HMI which has a sticker

9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 1 ~ 126

MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K

Online simulator

Extend address mode NO

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Set station number to 2

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B Byte I Q M VW_Bit S SM VB Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 10239
805

Memo Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address SCR Special Memory V Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W DW DW W W DW DW Byte W W DW Byte W DW Byte W DW W W VW VW_Odd VD VD_Odd VW_String VD_String VD_String_Odd MB MW MW_Odd MD SB SW SD SMB SMW SMD T C

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDD

Range 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255

Memo V Memory V Memory V Memory Double Word V Memory Double Word String String String String Byte Memory Word Memory Word Memory Word Memory SCR SCR SCR Special Memory Special Memory Special Memory Timer Counter

VW_String_Odd DDDDD

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

806

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

807

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V2.30 V2.40 V2.60 Date Aug/17/2009 Nov/01/2011 Jan/03/2013 Add device type : MD Add device types : S,SB,SW,SD,SM,SMB,SMW,SMD Description

808

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens S7/200 Ethernet Series PLC (CPU212/214/215/216/221/222/224/226/226XM) with CP243-1 Ethernet module Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 1 0-31 Options Notes SIEMENS S7-200 (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
S7/200 Ethernet Multi-Connection Settings Step 1: Launching the Ethernet Wizard 1. In the Micro/WIN main menu, click Tools / Ethernet Wizard.

809

PLC Connection Guide

2. Then, click Next.

3. Click Yes to proceed.

Step 2: Setting CP243-1 Module Position 1. Click Read Modules.

810

PLC Connection Guide

2. To view the results of Read Modules, select the Ethernet module. Click Next.

Step 3: Assigning Module Address 1. Click Next.

811

PLC Connection Guide

2. Enter the number of desired available connections for this device. If 0 is entered, the only connection available will be the PG mode. The image below shows there are 4 connections for this module.

3. Connection0 -> Select This is a Server Connection.... Notice the Local TSAP automatically incremented to 10.00.

812

PLC Connection Guide

4. Connection1Select This is a Server Connection.... Notice the Local TSAP automatically incremented to 11.00.

5. Upon completion of the settings above, set parameters in EasyBuilder. Set the value of Local TSAP here to the value of Remote TSAP in Micro/WIN and vice versa to realize multi-connection.

813

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W DW W DW DW Byte W DW Byte W DW Device type Format I Q M VW_Bit S SM VW VD VW_String VD_String MD SB SW SD SMB SMW SMD DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 Memo Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address SCR Special Memory V Memory V Memory Double Word String String Word Memory SCR SCR SCR Special Memory Special Memory Special Memory

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

814

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.40 V1.60 Date Dec/30/2008 Nov/15/2011 Jan/07/2013 Add device type : MD Add device types : S,SB,SW,SD,SM,SMB,SMW,SMD Description

815

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200 (VD any address)


Supported Series: Siemens S7-200 series PLC (CPU212/214/215/216/221/222/224/226/226XM) Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no.
Turn around delay (ms)

Recommend Options ed Siemens S7-200 (VD any address) RS485 2w 9600 8 Even 1 2 5 30 YES RS485 2w

Notes

The HMI which has a sticker

9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 1 ~ 126

MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K

Reserved 1 Online simulator

ACK delay time Extend address mode NO

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Set station number to 2

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B Device type I Q M VW_Bit S SM Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDo DDDDo
816

Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address SCR Special Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W DW W DW W W W DW Byte W DW Byte W DW

Device type VW VD VW_String VD_String MW T C MD SB SW SD SMB SMW SMD

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239

Memo
V Memory V Memory Double Word String String Word Memory Timer Counter Word Memory SCR SCR SCR Special Memory Special Memory Special Memory

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type. VD register can set to any value, not necessarily a multiple of 4.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

817

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

818

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.40 Date Nov/16/2011 Jan/07/2013 Description Add device type : MD Add device types : S,SB,SW,SD,SM,SMB,SMW,SMD

819

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200 PPI


Supported Series: Siemens S7-200 series PLC (CPU212/214/215/216/221/222/224/226/226XM) Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits
Turn around delay (ms) ACK delay time (ms)

Recommended RS485 2w 9600 8 Even 1 5 30 2 YES

Options RS485 2w 9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2

Notes

SIEMENS S7-200 PPI


Only MT6000/8000V2 support baud rate 187.5 K

PLC sta. no. Online simulator

1 ~ 126 Extend address mode YES

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
PLC setting PLC sta. no. can not be the same as HMI sta. no.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W Device type I Q M VW_Bit S SM VW VW_Odd Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239
820

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address SCR Special Memory V Memory V Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word DW DW W W DW DW Byte W W W W DW Byte W DW Byte W DW

Device type VD VD_Odd VW_String VD_String VD_String_Odd MB MW MW_Odd T C MD SB SW SD SMB SMW SMD

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239

Memo
V Memory Double Word V Memory Double Word String String String String Byte Memory Word Memory Word Memory Timer Counter Word Memory SCR SCR SCR Special Memory Special Memory Special Memory

VW_String_Odd DDDDD

Double Word and floating point value must use VD device type.

Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs Communication Setting:

For S7-200 PLC, Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs communication can be achieved using S7/200 PPI driver, please refer to the settings below.
821

PLC Connection Guide

IN EasyBuilder COM Port Settings, two important parameters must be set:

1. [High station address (HSA)]: Setting Max. Station Number of HMI in PPI network. For the effectiveness of system operation, it is highly recommended that the HMI station number starts from zero and go on sequentially. If there are 4 HMI in PPI network, set station no. from 0~3, and [High station address (HSA)] to 3. Set HMI station number in [System Parameters] / [Model] / [HMI station no.]:

2. [Gap update factor(GUF)]: The condition to pass a Token. In PPI network only HMI can hold a Token, PLC can only be controlled. When the HMI that holds Token communicates with PLC for a number of times that equals to the value set here, HMI will pass the Token (control of PLC) to the next HMI. For example, if GUF is set to 1, HMI will pass the control of PLC to the next HMI when read or write the value in an address. If GUF is set to a bigger value, the HMI that holds Token will control the PLC for a longer time and therefore the Token wont be passed to another HMI and cause failure in communicating with PLC. A complete communication means HMI reads / writes PLC value for one time.
822

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
HMI sta. no. can not be the same as PLC sta. no. Highly recommended that HMI sta. no. starts from 0 and go on sequentially for the effectiveness of operation. Available for EasyBuilder V4.50 and later.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

823

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version
Version V1.00 V1.10 V1.50 Date Aug/15/2011 Nov/17/2011 Jan/07/2013 Description Driver released. Add device type : MD Add device types : S,SB,SW,SD,SM,SMB,SMW,SMD

824

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200 SMART (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens S7/200 SMART Series Ethernet Module. Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended Ethernet 102 2 Yes Mutiple HMI connection Yes Options Notes Siemens S7-200 SMART (Ethernet)

*At most four HMIs can be connected with PLC simultaneously.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W DW Device type Format I Q M V S SM Timer Counter MW VW SMW T C AIW AQW VD DDo DDo DDo DDDDDo DDo DDDDo DDD DDD DD DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 204797 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 15357 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 30 0 ~ 20478 0 ~ 1534 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 110 0 ~ 110 0 ~ 20476 Memo Input Output Bit Memory V Memory bit SCR Special Memory Bit Timer Counter Word Memory V Memory Special Memory Timer Counter Analog input Analog Output V Memory (Double Word)

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type.

825

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.20 Date Oct/5/2012 Jun/14/2013 Description Driver released. The function of connecting multiple HMIs simultaneously is added.

826

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-200 SMART PPI


Supported Series: Siemens S7-200 SMART series PLC Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits
Turn around delay (ms) ACK delay time (ms)

Recommended RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 5 30 2 YES

Options RS485 2W 9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2

Notes

Siemens S7-200 SMART PPI


Only MT6000/8000V2 support baud rate 187.5 K

PLC sta. no. Online simulator

1 ~ 126 Extend address mode NO

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
PLC setting PLC sta. no. can not be the same as HMI sta. no.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B W Device type I Q M V S SM Timer Counter MW Format DDo DDo DDo DDDDDo DDo DDDDo DDD DDD DD Range 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 204797 0 ~ 317 0 ~ 15357 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 30
827

Memo Input Output Bit Memory V Memory bit SCR Special Memory Bit Timer Counter Word Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W W DW

Device type VW SMW T C AIW AQW VD

Format DDDDD DDDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 20478 0 ~ 1534 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 110 0 ~ 110 0 ~ 20476

Memo V Memory Special Memory Timer Counter Analog input Analog Output V Memory (Double Word)

Double Word and floating point value must use VD device type.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

828

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version
Version V1.00 Date Oct/5/2012 Description Driver released.

829

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-300
Supported Series: Siemens S7-300 series PLC Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Options SIEMENS S7-300 RS232
Must be same as the PLC setting.

Notes

19200 8 Odd 1 2

9600~187.5K

The HMI which has a sticker MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K.

Must be same as the PLC setting.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W DW Byte Byte W DW I Q M DBnBit DB0Bit ~ DB99Bit IW QW MW MD MB DBBn DBn DBDn Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo FFFFDDDDo DDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 409681927 0 ~ 81927 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192
Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Data Register Bit

830

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W DW W DBn_String

Format FFFFDDDD

Range 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 8192

Memo
Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Data Register (must be even)

DBDn_String FFFFDDDD DB0-DB99 DDDD

* Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

831

PLC Connection Guide

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

832

PLC Connection Guide

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

833

PLC Connection Guide

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

834

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Siemens S7-300 PC Adapter : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

835

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Systeme Helmholz SSW7-TS : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

836

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

837

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V3.10 Date May/24/2011 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn.

838

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-300 MPI


Supported Series: Siemens S7-300 series PLC Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS-485 2W
Only HMI with a sticker MPI 187.5K on

Options

Notes

SIEMENS S7-300 MPI

187.5K 8 Even 1 2 NO 2 ~ 31

the rear cover supports MPI communication.

Extend address mode Yes (X Series does not support)

Broadcast command NO

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W DW Byte Byte W Device type I Q M DBnBit DB0Bit ~ DB99Bit IW QW MW MD MB DBBn DBn Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo FFFFDDDDo DDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 409699997 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999
839 Bit Memory Byte Data Register Data Register (must be even)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Data Register Bit Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word DW W DW W

Device type DBDn DBn_String DB0 ~ DB99

Format FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 65532

Memo
Data Register Double Word (multiple of 4)

DBDn_String FFFFDDDD

Data Register (must be even)

Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs Communication Setting:

For SIEMENS S7-300 MPI driver in Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs communication, [Max. station no. (MPI network)] parameter must be correctly set. This setting is relevant to the station no. of the devices, as shown, two HMI (station no. 0, 1) and two PLC (station no. 2, 3) are in MPI network, Max. Station No. should be set to 3.

840

PLC Connection Guide

For the effectiveness of communication, users may set PLC device in STEP 7 as shown below. In Properties MPI / Network Settings, set Highest MPI address to the number closest to the actual device station number.

HMI sta. no. can not be the same as PLC sta. no. Highly recommended that the device station numbers start from 0 sequentially and correctly set [Max. station no. (MPI network)]. Available for EasyBuilder V4.50 and later. X Series does not support multiple-HMI-to-multiple-PLC communication, and supports only 1-HMI-to-1-PLC communication.

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files.

841

PLC Connection Guide

1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

842

PLC Connection Guide

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

843

PLC Connection Guide

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

844

PLC Connection Guide

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

845

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. S7-200 PPI , S7-300 MPI :RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

846

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.90 V2.00 Date May/26/2011 Aug/19d/2011 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn i Series HMI support Multi HMIs-Multi PLCs communication.

847

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-300/ET200S (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens S7-300 Ethernet Series PLC, Ethernet module CP-343-1, CPU315-2 PN/DP, CPU317-2 PN/DP, CPU319-3 PN/DP, and ET200S. Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 1 0-31 Options Notes SIEMENS S7-300/ET200S (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W DW DW W DW DW W DW W Device type I Q M DBnBit IW QW MW MD MD_Anyaddr DBn DBDn DBDn_Anyaddr DBn_String DBDn_String DB0 ~ DB99 Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo FFFFDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 409699997 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 65532
848 Data Register(must be even) Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Bit Memory Double Word Bit Memory Double Word (must be even) Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Data Register Double Word (must be even)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

DB0Bit-DB99Bit DDDDDo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Byte Byte

Device type MB DBBn

Format DDDD FFFFDDDD

Range 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40969999

Memo
Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte

Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

849

PLC Connection Guide

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

850

PLC Connection Guide

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

851

PLC Connection Guide

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

852

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V2.10 V2.20 Date May/21/2011 Apr/25/2012 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn. Added registers: MD_Anyaddr & DBDn_Anyaddr.

853

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens S7-400 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: Siemens S7-400/1200 Ethernet PLC. Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Link type Rack CPU slot PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 PG 0 3 0 PC, OP 0-7 1-31 0-31 To Connect with S7-1200,slot 1 must be selected. Options Notes Siemens S7-400 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W DW W DW W DW W Byte Byte I Q M DBnBit IW QW MW MD DBn DBDn DBn_String DBDn_String DB0 ~ DB99 MB DBBn Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 65532 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 655359999
Data Register (must be even) Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

FFFFFDDDDo 0 ~ 6553599997
Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

DB0Bit-DB99Bit DDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD DDDDD DDDD FFFFFDDDD

* Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.
854

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

855

PLC Connection Guide

EasyBuilder Device Setting Steps


1. Open EasyBuilder, File/NEW, select HMI model and press [OK].

2. 3.

System Parameter Settings window is shown, click [New]. Select SIEMENS S7-400(ETHERNET).

4.

Press [Settings].

856

PLC Connection Guide

5.

Set S7-400 IP, Port no., Link type, Rack and CPU slot. (must match PLC settings)

6.

The setting will be finished as below.

857

PLC Connection Guide

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

858

PLC Connection Guide

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

859

PLC Connection Guide

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

860

PLC Connection Guide

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

Driver Version:
Version V1.40 V1.50 Date May/25/2011 Aug/03/2012 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn Device types DBn, DBDn is extended to 655359999.

861

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens TI505
Supported Series: SIMATIC TI505 Series PLCs: TI520, TI525, TI530, TI535, TI545, TI555, TI560, TI565, TI575. Use NITP protocol in a point-to-point, single master, single slave format. Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SIMATIC TI505 RS232 19200 7 Odd 1 0 RS232, RS485(4W) 19200 7 Odd 1 Does not apply Options Notes NITP protocol

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B W W W W W W CR X Y V STW TCP TCC WX WY Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo
Internal Relay Discrete Input Coils Discrete Output Coils User Data Registers Status Word Registers Timer/Counter Preset Values Timer/Counter Current Values Word Discrete Inputs Word Discrete Outputs

862

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. SIMATIC TI505 RS232 : 9P D-Sub to 25P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit RS232 25P D-Sub Male

863

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

864

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. SIMATIC TI505 RS232 : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

865

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

866

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

867

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. SIMATIC TI505 RS485 4W : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

868

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Apr/22/2009 Description

869

PLC Connection Guide

Siemens TI565/C400
Website: http://www.siemens.com/entry/cc/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS232 19200 7 Odd 1 0 Options RS232, RS485(4W) 19200 7 Odd 1 Does not apply Notes SIMATIC TI565/C400

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W W W W W W CR X Y V_Bit V STW TCP TCC WX WY Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDDdd DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo
Internal Relay Discrete Input Coils Discrete Output Coils User Data Registers User Data Registers Status Word Registers Timer/Counter Preset Values Timer/Counter Current Values Word Discrete Inputs Word Discrete Outputs

870

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 25P D-Sub: RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit RS232 25P D-Sub Male

871

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

872

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 25P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 7 GND 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR circuit circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

873

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

874

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 1 DCD 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

875

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: RS-485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

876

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 7 DO (-) 1 DO (+) 8 DI (-) 5 DI (+) 6 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/31/2011 Description Driver released.

877

PLC Connection Guide

SSTC SSD Series


Supported Series: SSTC SSD Series

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended SSTC SSD Series RS232 19200 8 None 1 1 RS232/RS485 2W 9600~115200 8 None,Odd 1 1~32 Options Notes

X Series does not support RS-485 2W communication.

Device Address:
Bit/Word W W W W Device Type ID ID_30 ID_35000 ID_35001 Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 99999 30 35000 35001 Use Unicode String String Memo

ID Address List:
ID No. 1 30 36 38 39 40 41 43 47 48 Data Length BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 Data Type UDEC HEX SDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC
878

Write / Read Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 Hex 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 1 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 49 50 51 53 55 57 80 82 83 84 85 100 101 102 103 104 109 110 111 112 113 116 124 125 126 136 137 147 150 153 154 157 159 173

Data Length BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BUT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4

Data Type SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC HEX SDEC SDEC HEX SDEC UDEC SDEC
879

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 0.1 0.1 1 1 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.0001 1 0.0001 0.0001 0.1 1 1 Hex 1 1 Hex 0.0001 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 193 209 210 211 212 222 225 228 230 268 278 32768 32769 32770 32771 32772 32773 32774 32775 32776 32777 32778 32779 32780 32781 32782 32783 32784 32785 32786 32787 32788 32789 32790

Data Length BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4

Data Type UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC
880

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 0.0001 0.0001 0.1 0.1 1 Hex 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.001 0.001 0.1 0.0001 Hex 0.1 1 1 0.1 0.0001 0.0001 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 32791 32792 32793 32794 32797 32798 32799 32800 32801 32802 32803 32804 32805 32806 32807 32808 32809 32836 32845 32846 32847 32848 32849 32850 32851 32852 32853 32854 32865 32866 32867 32868 32874 32875

Data Length BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2

Data Type UDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC HEX HEX HEX HEX HEX HEX HEX HEX HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC
881

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes No/No No/No Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 1 1 1 Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex Hex 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 32876 32877 32880 32881 32882 32883 32891 32892 32893 32922 32925 32926 32927 32928 32929 32934 32935 32936 32940 32947 32952 32953 32956 32958 32959 32964 32966 32967 32968 32978 32979 32980 32981 32992

Data Length BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2

Data Type UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC HEX HEX HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC HEX SDEC UDEC UDEC HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC
882

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hex Hex Hex 0.1 0.1 1 0.1 Hex 1 1 1 Hex 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 1 1 1 1 0.1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 32993 33700 33701 33702 33703 33704 33705 33706 33707 33708 33709 33710 33711 33712 33713 33714 33721 33722 33724 33725 33729 33730 33731 33732 33800 33801 33802 33803 33804 33805 33806 33807 33808 33809

Data Length BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2

Data Type UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC
883

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 33810 33811 33812 33813 33814 33815 33816 33817 33818 33819 33820 33839 33840 33859 33860 33869 33880 33889 33890 33899 34000 34001 34002 34003 34004 34005 34006 34007 34008 34009 34010 34011 34012 34013

Data Length BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2

Data Type UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC
884

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 34014 34015 34016 34017 34018 34019 34023 34025 34042 34043 34044 34045 34046 34047 34048 34049 34050 34051 34052 34053 34054 34055 34056 34070 34148 34149 34164 34167 34177 34178 34179 34180 34182 35000

Data Length BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4
/* Depends on Text */ 0

Data Type UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC ASCI
885

Write / Read Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes No/Yes

Decimal Place* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 1 0.1 0.1 1 1 0.001 0.1 0.01 0.01 1 1 1 1 1 ASCII

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 35001 35002 35003 35004 35005 35006 35007 35008 35009 35010 35011 36000 36001 36002 36003 36004 36005 36006 36007 36008 36009 36010 36011 36012 36013 36019 36020 36021 36022 36023 36100 36101 36102 36103

Data Length
/* Depends on Text */ 0

Data Type ASCI HEX HEX UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC SDEC SDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC UDEC
886

Write / Read No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes No/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* ASCII 1 Hex 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT2 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4 BYT4

PLC Connection Guide

ID No. 36104

Data Length BYT4

Data Type UDEC

Write / Read Yes/Yes

Decimal Place* 1

*Note: If the decimal place of ID is 0.0001, please set [Right of decimal Pt.] of the object to 4.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS-232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND X5 Port RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND X5 Port RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

887

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND X5 Port RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND X5 Port RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND X5 Port RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND

888

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND X5 Port RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 4 RS4851 RS485+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND X5 Port RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 4 RS4851 RS485+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND X5 Port RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 4 RS4851 RS485+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND X5 Port RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 4 RS4851 RS485+ 5 GND

889

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND X5 Port RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 4 RS4851 RS485+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Mar/27/2012 Jul/20/2012 Description Driver released. The newly supported software SSTS_PAS_V2.3 supports ID address.

890

PLC Connection Guide

TECHSOFT Intelligent Servo


Supported Series: Intelligent Servo supports IDM640, IDM240. Website: http://www.techsoftmotion.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Intelligent Servo RS232 9600 8 None 1 1 9600~115200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word W DW W W Device type Register_32bit Register_H UPD STOP Format HHHH HHHH HHHHH HHHHH Range 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 270f 0 ~ 1869f 0 ~ 1869f Memo 32bit signed 32bit Hex Send UDP command Send STOP command

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Servo RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND

891

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Servo RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Servo RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Servo RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Servo RS232 D-Sub Male 2 TD 3 RD 5 GND

892

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Nov/06/2009 Description Driver released.

893

PLC Connection Guide

TECO Inverter
Supported Series: TECO Inverter series, 7300CV model.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended TECO Inverter RS232 38400 8 None 1 1 RS232/RS485 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B B B B B W W DW W 0x 1x 3x_Bit 4x_Bit 6x_Bit 0x (0x0f) 3x 4x 5x 6x DDDDD DDDDD Range 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 Memo Output Bit Input Bit (read only) Input Register Bit (read only) Output Register Bit Write Multiple Coils Input Register (read only) Output Register 4x Double Word Swap 4x Single Word Write

DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515 DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515 DDDDDdd 100 ~ 6553515 DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535 1 ~ 65535

894

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND 7 VCC

895

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND 7 VCC

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND 7 RTS RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 5 GND 7 VCC

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jul/27/2009 Description Driver released.

896

PLC Connection Guide

TECO TP02 Series


Supported Series: TAIAN TP02 series Website: http://www.taian-technology.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended TECO TP02 Series RS485 4W/2W 19200 7 Even 2 1 RS485 4W/2W 9600, 19200, 38400 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255 MMI 422 port: 4W; RS485 terminals: 2W Options Notes

PLC Setting:
RS422 port: WS041=120, WS042=1; RS485 terminals: WS044=120, WS045=1.

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B W W W W W W W Device type X Y C X Y V D WS C WC Format DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD DDD DDDD DDD Range 1 ~ 384 1 ~ 384 1 ~ 2048 1 ~ 369 1 ~ 369 1 ~ 1024 1 ~ 2048 1 ~ 128 1 ~ 2033 1 ~ 912
897

Memo Input relay Output relay Auxiliary relay Input register (must be 1 or a multiple of plus 1) Output register (must be 1 or a multiple of plus 1) Auxiliary register Auxiliary register System register Auxiliary relay register (must be 1 or a multiple of plus 1) Constant register

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. TP02 Series MMI RS422 port : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 8 TX3 TX+ 7 RX2 RX+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 8 TX3 TX+ 7 RX2 RX+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 8 TX3 TX+ 7 RX2 RX+

898

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 8 TX3 TX+ 7 RX2 RX+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 8 TX3 TX+ 7 RX2 RX+

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. TP02 Series RS485 Terminal : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal T/RT/R+

899

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal T/RT/R+

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W Terminal T/RT/R+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal T/RT/R+

900

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal T/RT/R+

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Jan/25/2010 Description

901

PLC Connection Guide

TECO TP03 Series


Supported Series: TECO (TAIAN TP03) series PLC. Website: http://www.teco.com.tw/sa/en/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended TECO TP03 Series RS485 4W 19200 8 None 2 1 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1-31 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W W W Device type C M S T X Y D V Z T_Curent C_Curent T_Preset C_Preset Format DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD OOO OOO DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 Memo

902

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

903

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 4 TX7 TX+ 1 RX2 RX+ 3 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Nov/13/2009 Description

904

PLC Connection Guide

TINHAO
Website: www.chinastrand.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended TINHAO RS485 2W 19200 8 None 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W Commend1 Commend2 Commend3 Commend4 Commend5 Commend6 Commend7 Commend8 Commend9 Commend10 Commend11 Commend12 Commend13 Commend14 Commend15 Commend16 Commend17 Commend18 Format DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255
905

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W Commend19 Commend20 Commend21 Commend22

Format DDD DDD DDD DDD

Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

906

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 terminal DD+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Oct/14/2011 Description Driver released.

907

PLC Connection Guide

Toptek Topvert
Supported Series: TOPVERT G1/H1/P1 series. Website: http://www.toptek.biz/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Toptek Topvert RS485 2W 9600 7 None 2 1 YES YES Broadcast command Broadcast station no. YES 0 Options Notes

Online simulator Extend address mode

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Pr 7-15 = 0 (7, N, 2 ASCII)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W Device type PR_Bit PR Format DDDDDdd DDDDD Range Memo G=Groups, F=Function no. 0 ~ 6553515 dd=0~15 bit no. 0 ~ 65535 G=Groups, F=Function no.

908

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
Max.read-command size (words): 16 Max.write-command size (words): 1 For G1/H1/P1 Series Inverter, if standard parameter address is in decimal= 100*G+F: G=Group (parameter group code0~9); F=Function no. (parameter number 0~99) For example: Pr5-20 (decimal Dec.) parameter address is expressed as 100*5+20=520. Parameter (PrX-XX) 0-00 0-14 1-00 Address (decimal) 0*100+0=0 0*100+14=14 1*100+0=100

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal SGSG+

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal SGSG+

909

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W Terminal SGSG+

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal SGSG+

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W Terminal SGSG+

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Dec/08/2010 Description Driver released.

910

PLC Connection Guide

TOSHIBA INVERTER VF
Supported Series: Toshiba Invertor Protocol (ASCII code).

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 2W 9600 8 Even 1 0 YES Options RS422, RS485 9600, 19200 7 or 8 Even, Odd, None 1 or 2 0-99 Extend address mode YES Notes TOSHIBA INVERTER VF

Broadcast command YES

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B W Cmd. No B Cmd. No Format HHHHdd HHHH Range 0 ~ 270f15 0 ~ ffff Parameters and data memory Memo

Wiring Diagram:
Note: Before connecting with TOSHIBA INVERTER VF, make sure the SW1 of both sides are in the correct position. (SW1: wiring method selector switch)

911

PLC Connection Guide

RS-485
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 5 Data4 Data+ 8 Gnd

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 5 Data4 Data+ 8 Gnd

912

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 5 Data4 Data+ 8 Gnd

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 5 Data4 Data+ 8 Gnd

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 8P RJ45 Male 5 Data4 Data+ 8 Gnd

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Apr/03/2013 Description TOSHIBA VF-S11 driver is renamed to TOSHIBA INVERTER VF.

913

PLC Connection Guide

TOSHIBA T Series
Supported Series: Toshiba T series, S2E. Website: http://www.tic.toshiba.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended Options TOSHIBA T Series RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 YES RS232/RS485 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 0-255
Must be same as the PLC setting In accordance with PLC port

Notes

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Must set PLC node ID

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y R S L Z T C D SW XW Format DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDDDh DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD Range 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 8191f 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 4095f 0 ~ 8191f 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 511 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255
914

Memo Input Bit Output Bit Auxiliary Bit Special Bit

Timer Register Counter Register Data Memory Special Register Input Register

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W

Device type YW RW LW W F

Format DDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD

Range 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 8191

Memo Output Register Auxiliary Register

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Toshiba T1 PRG RS232 : 9P D-Sub to 8P Mini- DIN eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 8 RXD 5 GND 4 RTS 7 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 8 RXD 5 GND 4 RTS 7 CTS circuit

915

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 8 RXD 5 GND 4 RTS 7 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 8 RXD 5 GND 4 RTS 7 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-DIN Female socket 6 TXD 8 RXD 5 GND 4 RTS 7 CTS circuit

916

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Toshiba T2 PRG RS232 : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

917

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

918

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Toshiba T2 LINK Port RS485 4W : 9P D-Sub to 15P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 11 TXB 3 TXA 10 RXB 2 RXA 7 SG 5 RTSA 4 CTSA 13 RTSB 12 CTSB circuit circuit

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 11 TXB 3 TXA 10 RXB 2 RXA 7 SG 5 RTSA 4 CTSA 13 RTSB 12 CTSB circuit circuit

919

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 11 TXB 3 TXA 10 RXB 2 RXA 7 SG 5 RTSA 4 CTSA 13 RTSB 12 CTSB circuit circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 11 TXB 3 TXA 10 RXB 2 RXA 7 SG 5 RTSA 4 CTSA 13 RTSB 12 CTSB circuit circuit

920

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 15P D-Sub Male 11 TXB 3 TXA 10 RXB 2 RXA 7 SG 5 RTSA 4 CTSA 13 RTSB 12 CTSB circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date May/13/2011 Description TOSHIBA T Series driver can now correctly read and write L, LW , F address types.

921

PLC Connection Guide

TOSHIBA MACHINE Provisor TC200


Supported Series: TOSHIBA MACHINE CO., JAPAN WebSite: http://www.toshiba-machine.co.jp

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Recommended Options TOSHIBA MACHINE Provisor TC200 RS232 9600 8 None 1 RS232 9600, 19200 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 In accordance with PLC port Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B W W W W W W W W W Device type Format R_bit X_bit Y_bit L_bit G_bit H_bit T_bit C_bit S_bit E_bit P V X Y D R L B G HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHHh HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH Range 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff
922

Memo h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f) h : Bit no.(0~f)

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W W W W

Device type Format H T C S E HHH HHH HHH HHH HHH

Range 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff 0 ~ fff

Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND TC mini series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND TC mini series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

923

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND TC mini series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND TC mini series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND TC mini series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Aug/17/2012 Description Added register: B,G,H,T,C,S,F.
924

PLC Connection Guide

Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP


Website : http://www.triomotion.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Port no. PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 502 1 YES 0-255 Broadcast command YES Options RS232/RS485/Ethernet 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 Notes Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode PLC Mode Modbus RTU protocol 4 (16bit signed integer)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W Device type VR_Bit Table_Bit VR Table Format DDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 102315 0 ~ 3199915 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 31999 Memo

925

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable.3 Trio : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

926

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Trio : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

927

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

928

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Trio : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

929

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

930

PLC Connection Guide

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date May/27/2011 Description Driver released.

931

PLC Connection Guide

Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP (Mode 7)


Website : http://www.triomotion.com

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Port no. PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS485 9600 8 Even 1 502 1 YES 0-255 Broadcast command YES Options RS232/RS485/Ethernet 9600~115200 7, 8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 Notes Trio MODBUS RTU, TCP/IP (Mode 7)

Extend address mode YES

PLC Setting:
Communication mode PLC Modbus RTU protocol 7 (IEEE floating point)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W Device type VR_Bit Table_Bit VR Table Format DDDDdd DDDDDdd DDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 102331 0 ~ 3199931 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 31999 Memo

932

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable.3 Trio : RS232 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

933

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male TXD RXD GND RTS CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Trio : RS485 4W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

934

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

935

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male TXTX+ RXRX+ GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Trio : RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

936

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male DD+ GND

937

PLC Connection Guide

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Apr/20/2012 Description Driver released.

938

PLC Connection Guide

VIGOR
Supported Series: VIGOR M Series and VB Series. Website: http://www.vigorplc.com.tw/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended VIGOR RS232 19200 7 Even 1 1 RS232, RS485 4W Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W Device type X Y M T C SM TV CV D CV2 SD Format OOO OOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 377 0 ~ 7999 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 255 9000 ~ 9255 0 ~ 255 0 ~ 199 0 ~ 9255 200 ~ 255 9000 ~ 9255 Memo

939

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Vigor M series RS485 4W 6P Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ SG

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND Vigor M series RS485 4W 6P Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ SG

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Vigor M series RS485 4W 6P Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ SG

940

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Vigor M series RS485 4W 6P Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ SG

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND Vigor M series RS485 4W 6P Terminal TXTX+ RXRX+ SG

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Vigor M series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

941

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Vigor M series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND Vigor M series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND Vigor M series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND Vigor M series RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND

942

PLC Connection Guide

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

943

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 200
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no.
Turn around delay (ms)

Recommend ed VIPA 200 RS485 2w 9600 8 Even 1 2 5 30 YES

Options RS485 2w

Notes

The HMI which has a sticker

9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 1 ~ 126

MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K

Reserved 1 Online simulator

ACK delay time

Extend address mode NO

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Set station number to 2

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B Byte W W DW DW W I Q M VW_Bit VB VW VW_Odd VD VD_Odd VW_String Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239
944

Memo Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address V Memory V Memory V Memory Double Word V Memory Double Word String

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W DW DW Byte W DW W W W VD_String VD_String_Odd MB MW MD MW_Odd T C

Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDD

Range 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 127

Memo String String String Byte Memory Word Memory Word Memory Word Memory Timer Counter

VW_String_Odd DDDDD

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

945

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V2.30 V2.40 Date Aug/17/2009 Nov/1/2011 Add device type : MD Description

946

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 200 (VD any address)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Turn around delay Reserved 1 Online simulator Recommended RS485 2w 9600 8 Even 1 2 5 30 YES
ACK delay time

Options RS485 2w

Notes

VIPA 200 (VD any address)


The HMI which has a sticker

9600, 19200, 187.5K 7,8 Even, Odd, None 1, 2 1 ~ 126

MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K

Extend address mode NO

Broadcast command NO

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Set station number to 2

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W DW W DW W W Device type I Q M VW_Bit VW VD VW_String VD_String MW T Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 127
947

Memo Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address V Memory V Memory Double Word String String Word Memory Timer

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W DW

Device type C MD

Format DDD DDDDD

Range 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 10239

Memo Counter Word Memory

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type. VD register can set to any value, not necessarily a multiple of 4.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

948

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Nov/16/2011 Description Add device type : MD

949

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 200, for ex. 214-2BT10 (Ethernet)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 1 0-31 Options Notes
VIPA 200, for ex. 214-2BT10 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W DW W DW DW Device type Format I Q M VW_Bit VW VD VW_String VD_String MD DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo DDDDDo DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 102397 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 0 ~ 10239 Memo Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory V Memory Bit Address V Memory V Memory Double Word String String Word Memory

Double word and floating point value must use VD device type.

950

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.40 Date Dec/30/2008 Nov/15/2011 Add device type : MD Description

951

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 200/300 MPI


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Online simulator Recommended RS-485 2W 187.5K 8 Even 1 2 NO 2 ~ 31 Extend address mode Yes
Only HMI with a sticker MPI 187.5K on the rear cover supports MPI communication.

Options

Notes

VIPA 200/300 MPI

Broadcast command NO

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W DW Byte Byte W DW W DW W Device type I Q M DBnBit DB0Bit ~ DB99Bit IW QW MW MD MB DBBn DBn DBDn DBn_String DBDn_String DB0 ~ DB99 Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Data Register Bit Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

FFFFDDDDo 0 ~ 409699997 DDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD DDDDD 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 65532

Bit Memory Byte Data Register Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word

Data Register (must be even)

* Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.
952

PLC Connection Guide

Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs Communication Setting:

For SIEMENS S7-300 MPI driver in Multi-HMIs-Multi-PLCs communication, [Max. station no. (MPI network)] parameter must be correctly set. This setting is relevant to the station no. of the devices, as shown, two HMI (station no. 0, 1) and two PLC (station no. 2, 3) are in MPI network, Max. Station No. should be set to 3.

953

PLC Connection Guide

For the effectiveness of communication, users may set PLC device in STEP 7 as shown below. In Properties MPI / Network Settings, set Highest MPI address to the number closest to the actual device station number.

Note:
HMI sta. no. can not be the same as PLC sta. no. Highly recommended that the device station numbers start from 0 sequentially and correctly set [Max. station no. (MPI network)]. Available for EasyBuilder V4.50 and later.

954

PLC Connection Guide

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

955

PLC Connection Guide

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

956

PLC Connection Guide

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

957

PLC Connection Guide

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

958

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. S7-200 PPI , S7-300 MPI :RS485 2W eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

959

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 8 D3 D+ 5 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.90 V2.00 Date May/26/2011 Aug/19d/2011 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn i Series HMI support Multi HMIs-Multi PLCs communication.

960

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 300
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended Options VIPA 300 RS232 19200, 38400, 187.5K 8 Odd 1 2
Must be same as the PLC setting. Must be same as the PLC setting.

Notes

9600~187.5K

The HMI which has a sticker MPI187.5 on the rear cover supports 187.5K.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W DW Byte Byte W DW W I Q M DBnBit DB0Bit ~ DB99Bit IW QW MW MD MB DBBn DBn DBDn DBn_String Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo FFFFDDDDo DDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 409681927 0 ~ 81927 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 40968192
961 Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Data Register Bit

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type DW W

Format

Range 0 ~ 40968192 0 ~ 8192

Memo
Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4) Data Register (must be even)

DBDn_String FFFFDDDD DB0-DB99 DDDD

* Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

962

PLC Connection Guide

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

963

PLC Connection Guide

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

964

PLC Connection Guide

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

965

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Siemens S7-300 PC Adapter : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

966

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Systeme Helmholz SSW7-TS : 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

967

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

968

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS 4 DTR 6 DSR circuit circuit

Driver Version:
Version V3.10 Date May/24/2011 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn.

969

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 300S (Ethernet)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Link type Rack CPU slot PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 PG 0 3 0 PC, OP 0-7 2-31 0-31 Options Notes VIPA 300S (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W DW W DW W DW W Byte Byte I Q M DBnBit IW QW MW MD DBn DBDn DBn_String DBDn_String DB0 ~ DB99 MB DBBn Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 655359999 0 ~ 65532 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 655359999
Data Register (must be even) Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

FFFFFFDDDDo 0 ~ 6553599997
Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

DB0Bit-DB99Bit DDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD FFFFFDDDD DDDDD DDDD FFFFFDDDD

* Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

970

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

971

PLC Connection Guide

EasyBuilder Device Setting Steps


1. Open EasyBuilder, File/NEW, select HMI model and press [OK].

1.

2. 2. 3. System Parameter Settings window is shown, click [New]. Select SIEMENS S7-400(ETHERNET).

4. 5.

Press [Settings]. Set S7-400 IP, Port no., Link type, Rack and CPU slot. (must match PLC settings)

972

PLC Connection Guide

6.

The setting will be finished as below.

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

973

PLC Connection Guide

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

974

PLC Connection Guide

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

975

PLC Connection Guide

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

Driver Version:
Version V1.50 Date Aug/03/2012 Description Device types DBn, DBDn is extended to 655359999.
976

PLC Connection Guide

VIPA 300S, for ex. 315-4NE12 (Ethernet)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 102 1 0-31 Options Notes VIPA 300S, for ex. 315-4NE12 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B W W W DW W DW W DW W Byte Byte Device type I Q M DBnBit IW QW MW MD DBn DBDn DBn_String DBDn_String DB0 ~ DB99 MB DBBn Format DDDDo DDDDo DDDDo FFFFDDDDo DDDD DDDD DDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD FFFFDDDD DDDDD DDDD FFFFDDDD Range 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 40957 0 ~ 409699997 0 ~ 655327 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 4094 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 40969999 0 ~ 65532 0 ~ 4095 0 ~ 40969999
Data Register (must be even) Bit Memory Byte Data Register Byte Data Register Bit Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory Bit Memory Double Word Data Register (must be even) Data Register Double Word (must be multiple of 4)

Memo
Input (I) Output (O) Bit Memory

DB0Bit-DB99Bit DDDDDo

Double word and floating point value must use DBDn device type.

977

PLC Connection Guide

How to Import Tag:


SIEMENS STEP 7 program allows building files of user-defined tag (*.dif file and *.AWL file), and import these files in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro -> System Parameter Settings. The following describes how to build and import these two types of files. 1. Building *.dif File a In Symbols create user-defined tag.

978

PLC Connection Guide

b Click Export to export the edited file and click Save.

2. Building *.AWF File a In Blocks create items as shown below:

b Open LAD/STL, FBD Programming S7 Blocks, click File -> Generate Source.

979

PLC Connection Guide

c Select Sources as storage path, specify the file name then click OK.

d Select the objects to be exported then click OK.

980

PLC Connection Guide

e Under Sources there will be names of the saved files, select Export Source to build *.AWL file.

The generated *.dif and *.AWL files can be imported in EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilderPro System Parameter Settings, by clicking Import Tag.

Tag information successfully imported.

981

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V2.10 Date May/21/2011 Description Added registers: MB & DBBn.

982

PLC Connection Guide

XINJE XC Series
Supported Series: XINJE XC Series Website: http://www.xinje.com/0/index.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended XINJE XC Series RS232 19200 8 Even 1 1 0-255 RS232 Options Notes

*Support communications between HMI and PLC in pass-through mode *Set LW-9903 to 2 to enhance the speed of download/upload PLC program in pass-through mode

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B W W W W W Device type M X Y S T C D TD CD FD_1 FD_2 Format DDDD OOOO OOOO DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDD DDD DDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 8511 0 ~ 1037 0 ~ 1037 0 ~ 1023 0 ~ 618 0 ~ 634 0 ~ 8511 0 ~ 618 0 ~ 634 0 ~ 5000 8000 ~ 8511 Memo

983

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. Driver Version: eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-Din Female socket 5 TX 4 RX 8 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-Din Female socket 5 TX 4 RX 8 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-Din Female socket 5 TX 4 RX 8 GND

984

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-Din Female socket 5 TX 4 RX 8 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 8P Mini-Din Female socket 5 TX 4 RX 8 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jul/02/2009 Description Driver released.

985

PLC Connection Guide

YAMAHA ERCD
HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended YAMAHA ERCD RS232 9600 8 Odd 1 0 1200-19200 7 or 8 None/Even/Odd 1 or 2 Neednt to set the station No. Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Word Word Word DI DO EMG SRVO RESET RUN X_ADD X_SUB P PRM SWI Format DD D D D D D D D DDD DD D Range 0 ~ 15 0~7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 99 0 Memo
Sequence Input (Read only) Sequence Output (Read only) Emergency stop status (Read only) Servo Status (Read/Write) Original sensor status (Read only) Set on to reset program (Write only) Set on to execute a program (Write only) Set on to move robot to + side (Write only) Set on to move robot to - side (Write only) PNT point data (Read/Write) *Note Parameters (Read/Write) Switches program number to run RW0=program number (Write only) Directly moves to specified position

ORG_Sensor D

Word

MOVD

RW1=X-axis position(mm), RW2=speed (Write only) Return to original activity (Enter any value) ,

Word

ORG

Return to original status (Read/Write) 986

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type Word Word Word Word Word Word MODE POS NO SNO TNO PNO

Format D D D D D D

Range 0 0 0 0 0 0

Memo
Current position (Read only) *Note Current program number (Read only) Current step number (Read only) Current task number (Read only) Current selected point number (Read only)

The value read in address types P and POS is timed by 100, therefore, in the object setting in EasyBuilder, set to the second place after the decimal point to get the correct value.

987

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

988

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TX 2 RX 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 V1.40 Date Jan/04/2010 Dec/13/2012 Added registers: DIDOEMGSRVOORG_Sensor PPRMMODEPOSNOSNOTNOPNO. Description

989

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA CCMEP
Supported Series: YASKAWA CCMEP-100/ CCMEP-200 Website: http://www.yaskawa-control.co.jp/english/jigyo/mechotronics.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended YASKAWA CCMEP RS485 4W 38400 8 Even 1 1 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B W Device type 4_Bit 4 Format DDDDDdd DDDDD Range 100 ~ 6553515 1 ~ 65535 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 8 GND

990

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 8 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 8 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 8 GND

991

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND RS485 4W 8P RJ45 Male 4 TX3 TX+ 2 RX1 RX+ 8 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jun/14/2012 Description Driver released.

992

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA Memobus (MP Series Controllers)


Supported Series: YASKAWA MP2200, MP2300, MP2300S, MP9xx communication module. Website: http://www.yaskawa.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Options RS232/RS485 2w/4w, Ethernet 9600~57600 Notes
YASKAWA Memobus (MP Series Controllers)

RS485/Ethernet 19200 8 Even 1 502 1

default 1-31

Ethernet Module Only

PLC Setting:
Communication mode MEMOBUS, Slave, RTU

PLC Ethernet Setting:


1. Use MPE720 program software, open Module Configuration, double click 218IFA.

993

PLC Connection Guide

2. In Transmision Parameters input MP2300S IP address, Subnet Mask, Gateway IP. In Connection Parameter, CNO -1 input: Local Port=502, Node IP address=000.000.000.000, Node Port=00000, Connect Type=TCP, Protocol Type=MEMOBUS, Code=RTU.

3. Click MECHATROLINK to set up MP2300S PLC as Master.

4. Close all dialogs and save to MP2300S.

994

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
1. Only CNO 01 can auto communicate with one HMI. Other CNO need a ladder program created for communication. 2. DIP SW2-2 of MP2300S must be set to OFF position during normal communication, otherwise, IP address will be erased after reset power, and it will be unable to communicate with HMI when set to ON position.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W DW DW (F) W DW MB_1 MB_2 IB IW_Bit IW IL IF MW ML Format DDDDh HHHHH HHHHdd HHHH HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 9999f 0 ~ a7ff0 0~ a7ff15 0 ~ a7ff 0 ~ a7ff 0 ~ a7ff 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 65533 Read only Read only Read only Holding register Double word Memo MB 0 ~ 9999 MB 10000 ~ 65535 Read only

DDDDDh 100000 ~ 65534f

DW (F) MF DDDDD 0 ~ 65533 Floating point *: When connect via Ethernet interface the max range of IW, IL and IF would be restricted.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: 217IF-01, 218IF-01 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

995

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male

996

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 217IF-01 RS485 2W: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

997

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 217IF-01 RS4854W: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

998

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

999

PLC Connection Guide

Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.70 Date Dec/20/2010 Description

1000

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA MP Series Ethernet (Extension)


HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet (UDP) 10000 1 Options Notes YASKAWA MP Series Ethernet (Extension)

PLC Setting:
Yaskawa PLC Communication Parameter Settings (1) PLC Factory Communication Parameter Settings: Item IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address System Port No. TCP Zero Window Timer Value TCP Retry Time TCP Close Time IP Assemble Time Max. Packet Length (2) Setting Steps: 1. Set IP for PLC. Set 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 10000 (UDP) 3 (s) 500 (ms) 60 (s) 30 (s) 1500 (bytes)

1001

PLC Connection Guide

2. Communication parameter setting.

3. Go to Module Details and select [218IFA] for setting relevant parameters for Ethernet transmission.

4. The settings are shown below, PLC IP cant be repeated.

1002

PLC Connection Guide

5. Download PLC communication parameters to PLC, and restart the controller.

(3) HMI Settings: 1. Select Ethernet for PLC I/F. 2. Tick [UDP]. 3. Set PLC IP and Port, the default Port is 10000.

1003

PLC Connection Guide

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B W W W W DW Device type SB IB OB MB SW IW OW MW ML Format DDDDh HHHHh HHHHh DDDDDh DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191f 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ fffff 0 ~ 65534f 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ ffff 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 65534 Memo

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

1004

PLC Connection Guide

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 V1.30 Date Jul/21/2011 Apr/17/2013 Description Driver released. Fixed the error in data transfer.

1005

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA MP Series Memobus (Ethernet)


Supported Series: YASKAWA MP2200, MP2300, MP2300S, MP9xx with 218IF-02 ethernet module. Website: http://www.yaskawa.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Recommended Ethernet 502 Options Notes YASKAWA MP Series Memobus (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
How to connect one Yaskawa Ethernet device with multiple HMIs? http://www.weintek.com/Download/MT8000/eng/FAQ/FAQ_61_How_to_connect_Yaskaw a_Ethernet.pdf

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B W DW DW W DW DW MB IB IW_Bit IW IL IF MW ML MF Format DDDDDh HHHHH HHHHdd HHHH HHHH HHHH DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD Range 0 ~ 65534F 0 ~ A7FFF 0 ~ A7FF15 0 ~ A7FF 0 ~ A7FF 0 ~ A7FF 0 ~ 65534 0 ~ 65533 0 ~ 65533 Float Read only Read only Read only Read only Float , Read only Memo

1006

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Mar/19/2013 Description Driver released.

1007

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA MP Series SIO (Extension)


Supported Series: YASKAWA MP2200, MP2300, MP2300S, MP9xx communication module. Website: http://www.yaskawa.com/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended RS485 19200 8 Even 1 1 1-31 Options RS232/RS485 2w/4w 9600~57600 Notes YASKAWA MP Series SIO (Extension)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B W W W W SB IB OB MB SW IW OW MW Format DDDDh HHHHh HHHHh DDDDDh DDDD HHHH HHHH DDDDD Range 0 ~ 8191F 0 ~ FFFFF 0 ~ FFFFF 0 ~ 65534F 0 ~ 8191 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ 65534 Memo

1008

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: 217IF-01, 218IF-01 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

1009

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TX 3 RX 7 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 217IF-01 RS485 2W: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

1010

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS485 14P Connector 2, 4 D1, 3 D+ 14 GND

1011

PLC Connection Guide

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 217IF-01 RS4854W: eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

cMT/mTV series COM2 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 9 TX8 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

1012

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 4W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 3 TX4 TX+ 5 GND 217IF-01 RS422 14P Connector 2 TX1 TX+ 4 RX3 RX+ 14 GND

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Jun/25/2013 Description Driver released.

1013

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA MP2300Siec
Website: http://www.yaskawa.com/site/home.nsf/home/home.html

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Assembly instance PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 44818 Input::101 Output:111 1 Input::101~106 Output:111~116 Options Notes YASKAWA MP2300Siec

PLC Setting:
MP2300Siec-Motion Works IEC Express (YASKAWA) Settings:
Step 1. Before HMI communicates with MP2300Siec using Ethernet/IP, the Instance Input and Instance Output of MP2300Siec device must be set correctly. Multiple Instances are allowed to be built at one time, please click [Save] after setting.

Fig. 1 Assembly Instances

1014

PLC Connection Guide

Step 2.Global Variables will automatically add in E/IP Input and Output data, Input and Output data name and address type can be user-defined.

Fig. 2 Global Variables Step 3. When download Project to device (MP2300Siec), please go to (Fig. 3) Resource->Settings to access setting dialog (Fig. 4) for setting MP2300Siec IP address.

Fig. 3 Motion Works IEC Express Settings

1015

PLC Connection Guide

Fig. 4 Resource Settings Step 4. Start compilation.

Fig. 5 Editing Screen

1016

PLC Connection Guide

Step 5. Download project to device- MP2300Siec, and execute Cold.

Fig. 6 Project Downloading

EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilder Pro Settings:


Step 1. System Parameter Settings Open EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilder Pro project, as shown in Fig. 7, Assembly Instance and Size must match the software default factory settings, and please dont select UDP. Fig.8 below shows how HMI Input / Output address is mapped to MP2300Siec device.

Fig. 7 Instance Setting

1017

PLC Connection Guide

Fig.8 HMI and MP2300Siec I/O Mapping


Step 2. Address Setting: Instance 101 and Instance 111 are defined as 128Bytes, on the project window , WORD objects can be used, with data typed defined as 32-Bit Unsigned, Input addresses set to 0246..62 for reading Instance 101 data.

Fig. 9 Address Setting EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilder Pro-Allen Bradley CompactLogix Tag Data Importing and Module Defined:
Step 1. In EasyBuilder8000/EasyBuilder Pro project, when using Allen Bradley EIP driver to import CSV file (as in Fig. 10), please open AB Data Type Editor (Fig. 11), and right click on Module Defined to add New Data Type.

1018

PLC Connection Guide

Fig. 10 RSLogix 5000 (Allen Bradley Software) Export Free Tag CSV File

Fig.11 AB Data Type Editor Step 2. As in Fig 12, in AB Data Type Editor add Name of the new data type. The Name must be set identically to the Data Type in Free Tag CSV file. As in Fig 14, Data Member Name must be set identically to the AB software (as Data in Fig. 13), then click [Save] (Fig. 15).

1019

PLC Connection Guide

Fig.12 AB Data Type Editor

Fig.13 Tag Information

Fig.14 Add Data Member - Name Tag Information

1020

PLC Connection Guide

Fig. 15 Add Data Member-Settings - Save Step 3. Import CSV file, Tag Information can be viewed from object address.

Fig.16 Tag Information

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B DW DW Device type Input_Bit Output_Bit Input Output Format Range Memo DDDDDdd 0 ~ 6553515 DDDDDdd 0 ~ 6553515 DDDDD DDDDD 0 ~ 65535 0 ~ 65535

1021

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Note: The wiring diagrams above are drawn based on MT8100i structure, the actual placement of pins may vary according to HMI module.

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Aug/24/2011 Description Driver released.

1022

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA Sigma-5
Supported Series: YASKAWA -V Series Website: http://www.yaskawa.co.jp/

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended YASKAWA Sigma-5 RS232 19200 8 Even 1 1 0 ~ 127 RS232/RS485 Options Notes

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B W W Device type 0_bit E_bit 0 E Format HHHh HHHh HHH HHH Range 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFFF 0 ~ FFF 0 ~ FFF Note Normal Parameters Area Monitor Area Normal Parameters Area Monitor Area

*The following addresses are 32 bit parameters. Please use two words when reading or writing. Normal Parameters area 020AH / 020EH / 0210H / 0212H / 0282H / 051BH / 0520H / 0522H / 0524H / 0526H / 0531H Monitor Area E003H / E009H / E00EH / E010H / E012H / E016H / E01BH / E084H / E52AH / E52CH / E52EH / E530H / E532H / E534H / E536H / E538H / E53AH / E53CH / E601H / E603H / E605H / E705H / E707H / E110H / E120H / E130H

1023

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND SGDV CN3 RS232 14P Male Connector 2 TD (Gray/Black) 4 RD (Purple/Black) 14 GND (Coffee)

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND SGDV CN3 RS232 14P Male Connector 2 TD (Gray/Black) 4 RD (Purple/Black) 14 GND (Coffee)

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND SGDV CN3 RS232 14P Male Connector 2 TD (Gray/Black) 4 RD (Purple/Black) 14 GND (Coffee)

1024

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND SGDV CN3 RS232 14P Male Connector 2 TD (Gray/Black) 4 RD (Purple/Black) 14 GND (Coffee)

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND SGDV CN3 RS232 14P Male Connector 2 TD (Gray/Black) 4 RD (Purple/Black) 14 GND (Coffee)

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 Date Nov/21/2012 Description Driver released.

1025

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA SMC 3010


Supported Series: YASKAWA SMC Series Servo Motor Controller.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits Recommended RS232 19200 8 None 1 9600, 19200 Options Notes YASKAWA SMC 3010

Device Address:
Bit/Word B B B B B B B B B B B B B B DW DW DW W W DW DW Device type AF BN BP BV CB CM DV EB OE RS ST TB V_Bit D_arr_Bit AC DC BL CD CE DE DP Format D D D D DDDD D D D D D D Do DDDdd DDDdd D D D D D D D
1026

Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0 ~ 9999 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0 ~ 17 0 ~ 99931 0 ~ 99931 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4

Memo Write only Write only Write only Write only Read only

Write only Write only Read only *2

Write only

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word W W DW W W DW W DW DW DW W W W DW DW DW W W W DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW F W W

Device type DT EC EM ER FA FL FV GR JG MM MT NA OP PA PR SP TC TM TW VA VD VS IL IT KD KI KP OF TL VR VT PF VF V F D_array R_array

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D DDD DDD DDD DDD


1027

Range 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999

Memo

Write only

Read only

*1 *2 *2

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
*1 PF is the communication parameter of SMC_3010, the default is 10.4, if the value is not 10.4, all values will be displayed incorrectly. *2 User defined integer variable V000~V999, floating point variable F000~F999.

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND SMC3010 CN6 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND SMC3010 CN6 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

1028

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND SMC3010 CN6 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND SMC3010 CN6 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND SMC3010 CN6 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.30 Date Mar/29/2010
1029

Description

PLC Connection Guide

YASKAWA SMC 3010 (Ethernet)


Supported Series: YASKAWA SMC Series Servo Motor Controller.

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. Recommended Ethernet 23 Options Notes YASKAWA SMC 3010 (Ethernet)

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B B B B B B B B B B DW DW DW W W DW DW W W AF BN BP BV CB CM DV EB OE RS ST TB V_Bit D_arr_Bit AC DC BL CD CE DE DP DT EC Format D D D D DDDD D D D D D D Do DDDdd DDDdd D D D D D D D D D Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0 ~ 9999 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0 ~ 17 0 ~ 99931 0 ~ 99931 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2
1030

Memo Write only Write only Write only Write only Read only

Write only Write only Read only *2

Write only

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type DW W W DW W DW DW DW W W W DW DW DW W W W DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW W W W EM ER FA FL FV GR JG MM MT NA OP PA PR SP TC TM TW VA VD VS IL IT KD KI KP OF TL VR VT PF VF V F D_array R_array

Format D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D DDD DDD DDD DDD

Range 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999 0 ~ 999

Memo

Write only

Read only

*1 *2 *2

1031

PLC Connection Guide

Note:
*1 PF is the communication parameter of SMC_3010, the default is 10.4, if the value is not 10.4, all values will be displayed incorrectly. *2 User defined integer variable V000~V999, floating point variable F000~F999.

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.10 Date Mar/29/2010
1032

Description

PLC Connection Guide

YOKOGAWA FA-M3
Supported Series : FA-M3 CPU SP35-5N, SP55-5N CPU port, F3LC11 Computer Link module. Website : http://www.yokogawa.com/itc/itc-index-en.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits PLC sta. no. Recommended YOKOGAWA FA-M3 RS232 19200 8 Even 1 1 9600, 19200 8 Even, Odd, None 1 1-31 Options Notes

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Use Personal Communication Link Use checksum Use End Character

WideField communication setting:


For WideField communication setting, select [Tool]/ [Set Environment], the default is [Automatic]. Using the Automatic Recognition, WideField software will connect the current PLC and get the PLC communication setting. If the PLC communication configuration is already known, select the [Fixed] mode, It will connect with the PLC quickly.

1033

PLC Connection Guide

P.S Since Personal Computer link is used, when connecting to PLC it will delay about 20sec for testing communication.

YOKOGAWA PLC Communcation Setting:


YOKOGAWA FA-M3 CPU SP55-5N (same SP35-5N) [File] /[New Project] to create a new project.

1034

PLC Connection Guide

Click [Configuration] to set up communication.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type Format B B B B B W W W W W X Y I M L D B V W Z DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDD DDDDD DDDD Range 0 ~ 71664 0 ~ 71664 1 ~ 16384 1 ~ 9984 0 ~ 78192 1 ~ 16384 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 256 1 ~ 71024 1 ~ 1024 Memo

1035

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: Cable KM11 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

1036

PLC Connection Guide

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 2 TXD 3 RXD 5 GND

The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. 9P D-Sub to 9P D-Sub: LC11 eMT3000 series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

1037

PLC Connection Guide

cMT/mTV series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT8000iE series COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 2 RX 3 TX 5 GND COM2 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 6 RX 4 TX 5 GND COM3 RS232 9P D-Sub Male 8 RX 7 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

1038

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS232 9P D-Sub Female 9 RX 6 TX 5 GND RS232 9P D-Sub Male 3 TXD 2 RXD 5 GND 7 RTS 8 CTS circuit

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 V1.30 Date Oct/23/2009 May/31/2012 Extended address L range up to 78192. Description

1039

PLC Connection Guide

YOKOGAWA FA-M3 (Ethernet)


Supported Series : FA-M3 CPU SP35-5N, SP55-5N with F3LE01-5T/F3LE11-0T Ethernet module. Website: http://www.yokogawa.com/itc/itc-index-en.htm

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Port no. PLC sta. no. Recommended Ethernet 12289 1 Options Notes YOKOGAWA FA-M3 (Ethernet)

PLC Setting:
Communication mode Set IP Address, and set all condition setup switch to OFF.

Device Address:
Bit/Word Device type B B B B B W W W W W X Y I M L D B V W Z Format DDDDD DDDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDDD DDDD DDDDD DD DDDDD DDD Range 0 ~ 71664 0 ~ 71664 1 ~ 16384 1 ~ 9984 0 ~ 78192 1 ~ 8192 1 ~ 32768 1 ~ 64 1 ~ 71024 1 ~ 512
1040

Memo

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
Direct connect (crossover cable): HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 3 RX+ 6 RX1 TX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD42 TX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Through a hub: HMI RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3Wire Color White/Orange Orange White/Green Blue White/Blue Green White/Brown Brown PLC RJ45 Male 1 TX+ 2 TX3 RX+ 4 BD4+ 5 BD46 RX7 BD3+ 8 BD3-

Driver Version:
Version V1.00 V1.10 Date Dec/30/2008 May/31/2012 Description Driver released. Extended address L range up to 78192.

1041

PLC Connection Guide

YUDIAN AIBUS
Supported Series: UDIAN Automation AI-501, AI-518, AI-519, AI-701, AI-702M, AI-704M, AI-706M, AI-719. Website: http://www.yudian.us

HMI Setting:
Parameters PLC type PLC I/F Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop bits HMI sta. no. PLC sta. no. Recommended AIBUS RS485 2W 9600 8 None 2 0 1 YES 0-100 RS232 9600, 19200 Options Notes

On-line simulation

Extend address mode NO

Device Address:
AI-518
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 00H 01H 02H 03H 04H 05H 06H 07H 08H 09H Format DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD -1999 ~ 9999 -1999 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 0 ~ 2000 0~4 0 ~ 9999 1 ~ 9999 0 ~ 2000
1042

Range

Memo SV/STEP HIAL LoAL dHAL dLAL dF CtrL M5 P t

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0AH 0BH 0CH 0DH 0EH 0FH 10H 11H 12H 13H 14H

Format DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD

Range 0 ~ 125 0 ~ 37 0~3 -1999 ~ 9999 -1999 ~ 9999 0 ~ 9999 -1999 ~ 4000 0.1 0 ~ 48 -110 ~ 110% 0 ~ 110% 0 ~ 127

Memo CtI Sn (read only) dIP (read only) dIL dIH ALP Sc Op1 oPL oPH CF (read only) Baud ratebAud /808Pstatus word: run: 0 suspend: 4 stop: 12 (read only) ADDR dL Run Loc

21

15H

DD

0 ~ 19.2K

W W W W

22 23 24 25

16H 17H 18H 19H

DD DD DD DD

0 ~ 100 0 ~ 20 0 ~ 127 0 ~ 9999

AI-701
Bit/Word Device type W W W W W W W W W W W W 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01H 02H 03H 04H 05H 0BH 0CH 0DH 0EH 0FH 10H 11H Format DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD Range -9990 ~ 30000 -9990 ~ 30000 -9990 ~ 30000 -9990 ~ 30000 0 ~ 2000 0 ~ 37 0~3 -9999 ~ 30000 -9999 ~ 30000 0 ~ 4444 -1999 ~ 4000 0.1 0 ~ 48
1043

Memo HIAL LoAL HdAL LdAL AHYS InP (read only) dPt SCL SCH AOP Scb Opt

PLC Connection Guide

Bit/Word Device type

Format

Range

Memo Baud ratebAud /808P status word run: 0 suspend: 4 stop: 12 (read only) ADDR FILt Loc

21

15H

DD

0 ~ 19.2K

W W W

22 23 25

16H 17H 19H

DD DD DD

0 ~ 80 0 ~ 40 0 ~ 255

Wiring Diagram:
The following is the view from the soldering point of a cable. eMT3000 series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND 4 COMM A 3 COMM B RS485 2W terminal

MT series COM2 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 RX6 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 4 Data1 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W terminal 4 COMM A 3 COMM B

1044

PLC Connection Guide

MT8000iE series COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 7 Data8 Data+ 9 GND RS485 2W terminal 4 COMM A 3 COMM B

MT6000/8000 series except MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Male 6 Data9 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W terminal 4 COMM A 3 COMM B

MT6050i/MT8050i COM1 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 1 RX2 RX+ 5 GND COM3 RS485 2W 9P D-Sub Female 7 Data8 Data+ 5 GND RS485 2W terminal 4 COMM A 3 COMM B

Driver Version:
Version V1.20 Date Dec/30/2008 Description

1045

PLC Connection Guide

MT6050i/MT8050i Com Port Pin Assignment

C O M C P U P W R

Bottom View Front View

MT6050i/MT8050i
Pin assignment of the 9 Pin, Male,
Pin assignment of the 9 Pin, Male, SUB-D, COM1 [RS-232]/ [RS-485], COM3 [RS-485] Port. Only Com1[RS485 2W] support MPI 187.5K. Pin# Symbol Com1[RS485] 4 wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RxRx+ Tx+ ---

Com1[RS232]

Com3[RS485]

R e s e t D I P S W

2 wire DataData+
Cutout dimensions: MT-6050i: 119mm [4.685"] W x 93mm [3.661"] H

RxRx+ TxTx+
C O M

Tx+

Rear View
GND Transmit DataData+ Receive

GND TxD DataData+ RxD

1046

PLC Connection Guide

Wiring Diagram:
MT6050i COM1 [RS-232] 9P D-SUB Female 9 6 5 RXD TXD GND PLC RS-232 Communication Com Port interface TXD RXD GND

MT6050i COM1 [RS-485 2w] 9P D-SUB Female 1 2 DataData+

PLC RS-485 2w Communication Com Port interface DataData+

MT6050i COM3* [RS-485 2w] 9P D-SUB Female 7 8 DataData+

PLC RS-485 2w Communication Com Port interface DataData+

*RS485 2W COM3 is only available for MT6050iv2

MT6050i COM1 [RS-485 4w] 9P D-SUB Female 1 2 3 4 RXRX TXTX+

PLC RS-485 2w Communication Com Port interface TXTX+ RXRX+

1047

You might also like